1 /* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
2 * Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
4 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
5 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
6 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
7 * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
9 * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
12 * Lesser General Public License for more details.
14 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
15 * License along with this library; if not, write to the
16 * Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
17 * Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
21 * Modified by the GTK+ Team and others 1997-2000. See the AUTHORS
22 * file for a list of people on the GTK+ Team. See the ChangeLog
23 * files for a list of changes. These files are distributed with
24 * GTK+ at ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/.
33 #include <gobject/gvaluecollector.h>
34 #include <gobject/gobjectnotifyqueue.c>
35 #include <cairo-gobject.h>
37 #include "gtkcontainer.h"
38 #include "gtkaccelmap.h"
39 #include "gtkclipboard.h"
40 #include "gtkiconfactory.h"
42 #include "gtkmainprivate.h"
43 #include "gtkmarshalers.h"
45 #include "gtkselectionprivate.h"
46 #include "gtksettingsprivate.h"
47 #include "gtksizegroup-private.h"
48 #include "gtkwidget.h"
49 #include "gtkwidgetprivate.h"
50 #include "gtkwindowprivate.h"
51 #include "gtkbindings.h"
52 #include "gtkprivate.h"
53 #include "gtkaccessible.h"
54 #include "gtktooltip.h"
55 #include "gtkinvisible.h"
56 #include "gtkbuildable.h"
57 #include "gtkbuilderprivate.h"
58 #include "gtksizerequest.h"
59 #include "gtkstylecontextprivate.h"
60 #include "gtksymboliccolor.h"
61 #include "gtkcssprovider.h"
62 #include "gtkanimationdescription.h"
63 #include "gtkmodifierstyle.h"
64 #include "gtkversion.h"
67 #include "gtktypebuiltins.h"
72 * @Short_description: Base class for all widgets
75 * GtkWidget is the base class all widgets in GTK+ derive from. It manages the
76 * widget lifecycle, states and style.
78 * <refsect2 id="geometry-management">
79 * <title>Height-for-width Geometry Management</title>
81 * GTK+ uses a height-for-width (and width-for-height) geometry management
82 * system. Height-for-width means that a widget can change how much
83 * vertical space it needs, depending on the amount of horizontal space
84 * that it is given (and similar for width-for-height). The most common
85 * example is a label that reflows to fill up the available width, wraps
86 * to fewer lines, and therefore needs less height.
88 * Height-for-width geometry management is implemented in GTK+ by way
89 * of five virtual methods:
91 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_request_mode()</listitem>
92 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width()</listitem>
93 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height()</listitem>
94 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height_for_width()</listitem>
95 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width_for_height()</listitem>
98 * There are some important things to keep in mind when implementing
99 * height-for-width and when using it in container implementations.
101 * The geometry management system will query a widget hierarchy in
102 * only one orientation at a time. When widgets are initially queried
103 * for their minimum sizes it is generally done in two initial passes
104 * in the #GtkSizeRequestMode chosen by the toplevel.
106 * For example, when queried in the normal
107 * %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH mode:
108 * First, the default minimum and natural width for each widget
109 * in the interface will be computed using gtk_widget_get_preferred_width().
110 * Because the preferred widths for each container depend on the preferred
111 * widths of their children, this information propagates up the hierarchy,
112 * and finally a minimum and natural width is determined for the entire
113 * toplevel. Next, the toplevel will use the minimum width to query for the
114 * minimum height contextual to that width using
115 * gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_for_width(), which will also be a highly
116 * recursive operation. The minimum height for the minimum width is normally
117 * used to set the minimum size constraint on the toplevel
118 * (unless gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() is explicitly used instead).
120 * After the toplevel window has initially requested its size in both
121 * dimensions it can go on to allocate itself a reasonable size (or a size
122 * previously specified with gtk_window_set_default_size()). During the
123 * recursive allocation process it's important to note that request cycles
124 * will be recursively executed while container widgets allocate their children.
125 * Each container widget, once allocated a size, will go on to first share the
126 * space in one orientation among its children and then request each child's
127 * height for its target allocated width or its width for allocated height,
128 * depending. In this way a #GtkWidget will typically be requested its size
129 * a number of times before actually being allocated a size. The size a
130 * widget is finally allocated can of course differ from the size it has
131 * requested. For this reason, #GtkWidget caches a small number of results
132 * to avoid re-querying for the same sizes in one allocation cycle.
134 * See <link linkend="container-geometry-management">GtkContainer's
135 * geometry management section</link>
136 * to learn more about how height-for-width allocations are performed
137 * by container widgets.
139 * If a widget does move content around to intelligently use up the
140 * allocated size then it must support the request in both
141 * #GtkSizeRequestModes even if the widget in question only
142 * trades sizes in a single orientation.
144 * For instance, a #GtkLabel that does height-for-width word wrapping
145 * will not expect to have #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height() called
146 * because that call is specific to a width-for-height request. In this
147 * case the label must return the height required for its own minimum
148 * possible width. By following this rule any widget that handles
149 * height-for-width or width-for-height requests will always be allocated
150 * at least enough space to fit its own content.
152 * Here are some examples of how a %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH widget
153 * generally deals with width-for-height requests, for #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height()
155 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
157 * foo_widget_get_preferred_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint *min_height, gint *nat_height)
159 * if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
163 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, &min_width, NULL);
164 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_height_for_width (widget, min_width,
165 * min_height, nat_height);
169 * ... some widgets do both. For instance, if a GtkLabel is rotated to 90 degrees
170 * it will return the minimum and natural height for the rotated label here.
173 * ]]></programlisting>
175 * And in #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width_for_height() it will simply return
176 * the minimum and natural width:
178 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
180 * foo_widget_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint for_height,
181 * gint *min_width, gint *nat_width)
183 * if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
185 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, min_width, nat_width);
189 * ... again if a widget is sometimes operating in width-for-height mode
190 * (like a rotated GtkLabel) it can go ahead and do its real width for
191 * height calculation here.
194 * ]]></programlisting>
196 * Often a widget needs to get its own request during size request or
197 * allocation. For example, when computing height it may need to also
198 * compute width. Or when deciding how to use an allocation, the widget
199 * may need to know its natural size. In these cases, the widget should
200 * be careful to call its virtual methods directly, like this:
202 * <title>Widget calling its own size request method.</title>
204 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS(widget)->get_preferred_width (widget),
209 * It will not work to use the wrapper functions, such as
210 * gtk_widget_get_preferred_width() inside your own size request
211 * implementation. These return a request adjusted by #GtkSizeGroup
212 * and by the #GtkWidgetClass.adjust_size_request() virtual method. If a
213 * widget used the wrappers inside its virtual method implementations,
214 * then the adjustments (such as widget margins) would be applied
215 * twice. GTK+ therefore does not allow this and will warn if you try
218 * Of course if you are getting the size request for
219 * <emphasis>another</emphasis> widget, such as a child of a
220 * container, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> use the wrapper APIs.
221 * Otherwise, you would not properly consider widget margins,
222 * #GtkSizeGroup, and so forth.
225 * <refsect2 id="style-properties">
226 * <title>Style Properties</title>
228 * <structname>GtkWidget</structname> introduces <firstterm>style
229 * properties</firstterm> - these are basically object properties that are stored
230 * not on the object, but in the style object associated to the widget. Style
231 * properties are set in <link linkend="gtk-Resource-Files">resource files</link>.
232 * This mechanism is used for configuring such things as the location of the
233 * scrollbar arrows through the theme, giving theme authors more control over the
234 * look of applications without the need to write a theme engine in C.
237 * Use gtk_widget_class_install_style_property() to install style properties for
238 * a widget class, gtk_widget_class_find_style_property() or
239 * gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties() to get information about existing
240 * style properties and gtk_widget_style_get_property(), gtk_widget_style_get() or
241 * gtk_widget_style_get_valist() to obtain the value of a style property.
244 * <refsect2 id="GtkWidget-BUILDER-UI">
245 * <title>GtkWidget as GtkBuildable</title>
247 * The GtkWidget implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a
248 * custom <accelerator> element, which has attributes named key,
249 * modifiers and signal and allows to specify accelerators.
252 * <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accelerator</title>
253 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
254 * <object class="GtkButton">
255 * <accelerator key="q" modifiers="GDK_CONTROL_MASK" signal="clicked"/>
257 * ]]></programlisting>
260 * In addition to accelerators, <structname>GtkWidget</structname> also support a
261 * custom <accessible> element, which supports actions and relations.
262 * Properties on the accessible implementation of an object can be set by accessing the
263 * internal child "accessible" of a <structname>GtkWidget</structname>.
266 * <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accessible</title>
267 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
268 * <object class="GtkButton" id="label1"/>
269 * <property name="label">I am a Label for a Button</property>
271 * <object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
273 * <action action_name="click" translatable="yes">Click the button.</action>
274 * <relation target="label1" type="labelled-by"/>
276 * <child internal-child="accessible">
277 * <object class="AtkObject" id="a11y-button1">
278 * <property name="AtkObject::name">Clickable Button</property>
282 * ]]></programlisting>
287 #define WIDGET_CLASS(w) GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (w)
288 #define INIT_PATH_SIZE (512)
290 struct _GtkWidgetPrivate
292 /* The state of the widget. There are actually only
293 * 5 widget states (defined in "gtkenums.h")
296 guint state_flags : 6;
300 guint in_destruction : 1;
303 guint composite_child : 1;
309 guint parent_sensitive : 1;
312 guint can_default : 1;
313 guint has_default : 1;
314 guint receives_default : 1;
318 guint style_update_pending : 1;
319 guint app_paintable : 1;
320 guint double_buffered : 1;
321 guint redraw_on_alloc : 1;
322 guint no_show_all : 1;
323 guint child_visible : 1;
324 guint multidevice : 1;
325 guint has_shape_mask : 1;
326 guint in_reparent : 1;
328 /* Queue-resize related flags */
329 guint resize_pending : 1;
330 guint alloc_needed : 1;
331 guint width_request_needed : 1;
332 guint height_request_needed : 1;
334 /* Expand-related flags */
335 guint need_compute_expand : 1; /* Need to recompute computed_[hv]_expand */
336 guint computed_hexpand : 1; /* computed results (composite of child flags) */
337 guint computed_vexpand : 1;
338 guint hexpand : 1; /* application-forced expand */
340 guint hexpand_set : 1; /* whether to use application-forced */
341 guint vexpand_set : 1; /* instead of computing from children */
343 /* SizeGroup related flags */
344 guint sizegroup_visited : 1;
345 guint sizegroup_bumping : 1;
346 guint have_size_groups : 1;
348 /* The widget's name. If the widget does not have a name
349 * (the name is NULL), then its name (as returned by
350 * "gtk_widget_get_name") is its class's name.
351 * Among other things, the widget name is used to determine
352 * the style to use for a widget.
356 /* The style for the widget. The style contains the
357 * colors the widget should be drawn in for each state
358 * along with graphics contexts used to draw with and
359 * the font to use for text.
362 GtkStyleContext *context;
364 /* The widget's allocated size.
366 GtkAllocation allocation;
368 /* The widget's requested sizes */
369 SizeRequestCache requests;
371 /* The widget's window or its parent window if it does
372 * not have a window. (Which will be indicated by the
373 * GTK_NO_WINDOW flag being set).
377 /* The widget's parent.
381 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
382 /* Number of gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants () */
383 guint verifying_invariants_count;
384 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
386 /* Widget's path for styling */
416 BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT,
431 PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
432 SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT,
433 SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT,
434 SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
439 VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
453 ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED,
477 PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
478 PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
486 PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED,
501 typedef struct _GtkStateData GtkStateData;
504 STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE,
513 guint parent_sensitive : 1;
514 guint use_forall : 1;
517 /* --- prototypes --- */
518 static void gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
519 static void gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
520 static void gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget);
521 static void gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
525 static void gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
529 static void gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object);
530 static void gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object);
531 static void gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object);
532 static void gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget);
533 static void gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget);
534 static void gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget);
535 static void gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget);
536 static void gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget);
537 static void gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget);
538 static void gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
539 GtkAllocation *allocation);
540 static void gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
541 GtkStyle *previous_style);
542 static void gtk_widget_real_direction_changed(GtkWidget *widget,
543 GtkTextDirection previous_direction);
545 static void gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget);
546 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
549 gboolean keyboard_tip,
550 GtkTooltip *tooltip);
551 static void gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget);
552 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
553 GtkWidgetHelpType help_type);
555 static void gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *object,
557 GParamSpec **pspecs);
558 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
560 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
562 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
563 GdkEventFocus *event);
564 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
565 GdkEventFocus *event);
566 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
567 GtkDirectionType direction);
568 static void gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
569 GtkDirectionType direction);
570 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
571 GtkDirectionType direction);
572 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
573 static void gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
574 static void gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
575 static void gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
577 #define gtk_widget_verify_invariants(widget)
578 #define gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants(widget)
579 #define gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants(widget)
581 static PangoContext* gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
582 static void gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
583 static void gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
586 static gint gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
588 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
589 gboolean group_cycling);
590 static void gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
593 static void gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
596 static void gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width (GtkWidget *widget,
598 gint *minimum_height,
599 gint *natural_height);
600 static void gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget,
603 gint *natural_width);
604 static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo* _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (GtkWidget *widget);
605 static void gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info);
606 static AtkObject* gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget);
607 static void gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface);
608 static AtkObject* gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor);
609 static void gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
610 cairo_region_t *region);
611 static GdkScreen * gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget);
612 static void gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (GtkWidget *widget);
613 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
616 static void gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
617 gboolean has_tooltip,
619 static void gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface);
620 static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
622 static const gchar * gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable);
623 static GObject * gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
625 const gchar *childname);
626 static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
629 const GValue *value);
630 static gboolean gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
633 const gchar *tagname,
634 GMarkupParser *parser,
636 static void gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
639 const gchar *tagname,
641 static void gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
642 GtkBuilder *builder);
644 static GtkSizeRequestMode gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget);
645 static void gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
648 static void gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
652 static void gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget);
655 static void gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
656 GtkOrientation orientation,
659 static void gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
660 GtkOrientation orientation,
664 gint *allocated_size);
666 static void gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
669 GtkQueueResizeFlags flags);
671 static void gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
674 static void gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
679 /* --- variables --- */
680 static gpointer gtk_widget_parent_class = NULL;
681 static guint widget_signals[LAST_SIGNAL] = { 0 };
682 static GtkStyle *gtk_default_style = NULL;
683 static guint composite_child_stack = 0;
684 static GtkTextDirection gtk_default_direction = GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR;
685 static GParamSpecPool *style_property_spec_pool = NULL;
687 static GQuark quark_property_parser = 0;
688 static GQuark quark_aux_info = 0;
689 static GQuark quark_accel_path = 0;
690 static GQuark quark_accel_closures = 0;
691 static GQuark quark_event_mask = 0;
692 static GQuark quark_device_event_mask = 0;
693 static GQuark quark_parent_window = 0;
694 static GQuark quark_pointer_window = 0;
695 static GQuark quark_shape_info = 0;
696 static GQuark quark_input_shape_info = 0;
697 static GQuark quark_pango_context = 0;
698 static GQuark quark_rc_style = 0;
699 static GQuark quark_accessible_object = 0;
700 static GQuark quark_mnemonic_labels = 0;
701 static GQuark quark_tooltip_markup = 0;
702 static GQuark quark_has_tooltip = 0;
703 static GQuark quark_tooltip_window = 0;
704 static GQuark quark_visual = 0;
705 static GQuark quark_modifier_style = 0;
706 static GQuark quark_enabled_devices = 0;
707 static GQuark quark_size_groups = 0;
708 GParamSpecPool *_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = NULL;
709 GObjectNotifyContext *_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = NULL;
711 /* --- functions --- */
713 gtk_widget_get_type (void)
715 static GType widget_type = 0;
717 if (G_UNLIKELY (widget_type == 0))
719 const GTypeInfo widget_info =
721 sizeof (GtkWidgetClass),
722 NULL, /* base_init */
723 (GBaseFinalizeFunc) gtk_widget_base_class_finalize,
724 (GClassInitFunc) gtk_widget_class_init,
725 NULL, /* class_finalize */
726 NULL, /* class_init */
729 (GInstanceInitFunc) gtk_widget_init,
730 NULL, /* value_table */
733 const GInterfaceInfo accessibility_info =
735 (GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init,
736 (GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
737 NULL /* interface data */
740 const GInterfaceInfo buildable_info =
742 (GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init,
743 (GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
744 NULL /* interface data */
747 widget_type = g_type_register_static (G_TYPE_INITIALLY_UNOWNED, "GtkWidget",
748 &widget_info, G_TYPE_FLAG_ABSTRACT);
750 g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR,
751 &accessibility_info) ;
752 g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_BUILDABLE,
760 child_property_notify_dispatcher (GObject *object,
764 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (object)->dispatch_child_properties_changed (GTK_WIDGET (object), n_pspecs, pspecs);
767 /* We guard against the draw signal callbacks modifying the state of the
768 * cairo context by surounding it with save/restore.
769 * Maybe we should also cairo_new_path() just to be sure?
772 gtk_widget_draw_marshaller (GClosure *closure,
773 GValue *return_value,
774 guint n_param_values,
775 const GValue *param_values,
776 gpointer invocation_hint,
777 gpointer marshal_data)
779 cairo_t *cr = g_value_get_boxed (¶m_values[1]);
783 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED (closure,
794 gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
796 static GObjectNotifyContext cpn_context = { 0, NULL, NULL };
797 GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
798 GtkBindingSet *binding_set;
800 gtk_widget_parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
802 quark_property_parser = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-property-parser");
803 quark_aux_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-aux-info");
804 quark_accel_path = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-path");
805 quark_accel_closures = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-closures");
806 quark_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-event-mask");
807 quark_device_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-device-event-mask");
808 quark_parent_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-parent-window");
809 quark_pointer_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pointer-window");
810 quark_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-shape-info");
811 quark_input_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-input-shape-info");
812 quark_pango_context = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pango-context");
813 quark_rc_style = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-style");
814 quark_accessible_object = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accessible-object");
815 quark_mnemonic_labels = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-mnemonic-labels");
816 quark_tooltip_markup = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-markup");
817 quark_has_tooltip = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-has-tooltip");
818 quark_tooltip_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-window");
819 quark_visual = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-visual");
820 quark_modifier_style = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-modifier-style");
821 quark_enabled_devices = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-enabled-devices");
822 quark_size_groups = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-size-groups");
824 style_property_spec_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (FALSE);
825 _gtk_widget_child_property_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (TRUE);
826 cpn_context.quark_notify_queue = g_quark_from_static_string ("GtkWidget-child-property-notify-queue");
827 cpn_context.dispatcher = child_property_notify_dispatcher;
828 _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = &cpn_context;
830 gobject_class->dispose = gtk_widget_dispose;
831 gobject_class->finalize = gtk_widget_finalize;
832 gobject_class->set_property = gtk_widget_set_property;
833 gobject_class->get_property = gtk_widget_get_property;
835 klass->destroy = gtk_widget_real_destroy;
837 klass->activate_signal = 0;
838 klass->dispatch_child_properties_changed = gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed;
839 klass->show = gtk_widget_real_show;
840 klass->show_all = gtk_widget_show;
841 klass->hide = gtk_widget_real_hide;
842 klass->map = gtk_widget_real_map;
843 klass->unmap = gtk_widget_real_unmap;
844 klass->realize = gtk_widget_real_realize;
845 klass->unrealize = gtk_widget_real_unrealize;
846 klass->size_allocate = gtk_widget_real_size_allocate;
847 klass->get_request_mode = gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode;
848 klass->get_preferred_width = gtk_widget_real_get_width;
849 klass->get_preferred_height = gtk_widget_real_get_height;
850 klass->get_preferred_width_for_height = gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height;
851 klass->get_preferred_height_for_width = gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width;
852 klass->state_changed = NULL;
853 klass->parent_set = NULL;
854 klass->hierarchy_changed = NULL;
855 klass->style_set = gtk_widget_real_style_set;
856 klass->direction_changed = gtk_widget_real_direction_changed;
857 klass->grab_notify = NULL;
858 klass->child_notify = NULL;
860 klass->mnemonic_activate = gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate;
861 klass->grab_focus = gtk_widget_real_grab_focus;
862 klass->focus = gtk_widget_real_focus;
863 klass->move_focus = gtk_widget_real_move_focus;
864 klass->keynav_failed = gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed;
866 klass->button_press_event = NULL;
867 klass->button_release_event = NULL;
868 klass->motion_notify_event = NULL;
869 klass->delete_event = NULL;
870 klass->destroy_event = NULL;
871 klass->key_press_event = gtk_widget_real_key_press_event;
872 klass->key_release_event = gtk_widget_real_key_release_event;
873 klass->enter_notify_event = NULL;
874 klass->leave_notify_event = NULL;
875 klass->configure_event = NULL;
876 klass->focus_in_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event;
877 klass->focus_out_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event;
878 klass->map_event = NULL;
879 klass->unmap_event = NULL;
880 klass->window_state_event = NULL;
881 klass->property_notify_event = _gtk_selection_property_notify;
882 klass->selection_clear_event = _gtk_selection_clear;
883 klass->selection_request_event = _gtk_selection_request;
884 klass->selection_notify_event = _gtk_selection_notify;
885 klass->selection_received = NULL;
886 klass->proximity_in_event = NULL;
887 klass->proximity_out_event = NULL;
888 klass->drag_begin = NULL;
889 klass->drag_end = NULL;
890 klass->drag_data_delete = NULL;
891 klass->drag_leave = NULL;
892 klass->drag_motion = NULL;
893 klass->drag_drop = NULL;
894 klass->drag_data_received = NULL;
895 klass->screen_changed = NULL;
896 klass->can_activate_accel = gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel;
897 klass->grab_broken_event = NULL;
898 klass->query_tooltip = gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip;
899 klass->style_updated = gtk_widget_real_style_updated;
901 klass->show_help = gtk_widget_real_show_help;
903 /* Accessibility support */
904 klass->get_accessible = gtk_widget_real_get_accessible;
906 klass->adjust_size_request = gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request;
907 klass->adjust_size_allocation = gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation;
909 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
911 g_param_spec_string ("name",
913 P_("The name of the widget"),
915 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
916 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
918 g_param_spec_object ("parent",
920 P_("The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"),
922 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
924 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
926 g_param_spec_int ("width-request",
928 P_("Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
932 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
933 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
935 g_param_spec_int ("height-request",
936 P_("Height request"),
937 P_("Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
941 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
942 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
944 g_param_spec_boolean ("visible",
946 P_("Whether the widget is visible"),
948 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
949 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
951 g_param_spec_boolean ("sensitive",
953 P_("Whether the widget responds to input"),
955 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
956 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
958 g_param_spec_boolean ("app-paintable",
959 P_("Application paintable"),
960 P_("Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"),
962 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
963 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
965 g_param_spec_boolean ("can-focus",
967 P_("Whether the widget can accept the input focus"),
969 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
970 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
972 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-focus",
974 P_("Whether the widget has the input focus"),
976 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
977 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
979 g_param_spec_boolean ("is-focus",
981 P_("Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"),
983 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
984 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
986 g_param_spec_boolean ("can-default",
988 P_("Whether the widget can be the default widget"),
990 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
991 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
993 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-default",
995 P_("Whether the widget is the default widget"),
997 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
998 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
999 PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
1000 g_param_spec_boolean ("receives-default",
1001 P_("Receives default"),
1002 P_("If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"),
1004 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1005 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1006 PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
1007 g_param_spec_boolean ("composite-child",
1008 P_("Composite child"),
1009 P_("Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"),
1011 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
1012 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1014 g_param_spec_object ("style",
1016 P_("The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look (colors etc)"),
1018 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1019 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1021 g_param_spec_flags ("events",
1023 P_("The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"),
1024 GDK_TYPE_EVENT_MASK,
1026 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1027 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1029 g_param_spec_boolean ("no-show-all",
1031 P_("Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"),
1033 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1036 * GtkWidget:has-tooltip:
1038 * Enables or disables the emission of #GtkWidget::query-tooltip on @widget.
1039 * A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case
1040 * the widget will be queried using #GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine
1041 * whether it will provide a tooltip or not.
1043 * Note that setting this property to %TRUE for the first time will change
1044 * the event masks of the GdkWindows of this widget to include leave-notify
1045 * and motion-notify events. This cannot and will not be undone when the
1046 * property is set to %FALSE again.
1050 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1052 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-tooltip",
1054 P_("Whether this widget has a tooltip"),
1056 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1058 * GtkWidget:tooltip-text:
1060 * Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.
1062 * Also see gtk_tooltip_set_text().
1064 * This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
1065 * tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
1066 * will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
1067 * #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
1071 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1073 g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-text",
1075 P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
1077 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1079 * GtkWidget:tooltip-markup:
1081 * Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
1082 * with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
1083 * Also see gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
1085 * This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
1086 * tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
1087 * will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
1088 * #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
1092 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1093 PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP,
1094 g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-markup",
1095 P_("Tooltip markup"),
1096 P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
1098 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1103 * The widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.
1107 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1109 g_param_spec_object ("window",
1111 P_("The widget's window if it is realized"),
1113 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
1116 * GtkWidget:double-buffered
1118 * Whether the widget is double buffered.
1122 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1123 PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED,
1124 g_param_spec_boolean ("double-buffered",
1125 P_("Double Buffered"),
1126 P_("Whether the widget is double buffered"),
1128 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1133 * How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
1137 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1139 g_param_spec_enum ("halign",
1140 P_("Horizontal Alignment"),
1141 P_("How to position in extra horizontal space"),
1144 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1149 * How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
1153 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1155 g_param_spec_enum ("valign",
1156 P_("Vertical Alignment"),
1157 P_("How to position in extra vertical space"),
1160 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1163 * GtkWidget:margin-left
1165 * Margin on left side of widget.
1167 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1168 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1169 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1173 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1175 g_param_spec_int ("margin-left",
1176 P_("Margin on Left"),
1177 P_("Pixels of extra space on the left side"),
1181 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1184 * GtkWidget:margin-right
1186 * Margin on right side of widget.
1188 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1189 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1190 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1194 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1196 g_param_spec_int ("margin-right",
1197 P_("Margin on Right"),
1198 P_("Pixels of extra space on the right side"),
1202 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1205 * GtkWidget:margin-top
1207 * Margin on top side of widget.
1209 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1210 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1211 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1215 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1217 g_param_spec_int ("margin-top",
1218 P_("Margin on Top"),
1219 P_("Pixels of extra space on the top side"),
1223 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1226 * GtkWidget:margin-bottom
1228 * Margin on bottom side of widget.
1230 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1231 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1232 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1236 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1238 g_param_spec_int ("margin-bottom",
1239 P_("Margin on Bottom"),
1240 P_("Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"),
1244 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1249 * Sets all four sides' margin at once. If read, returns max
1250 * margin on any side.
1254 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1256 g_param_spec_int ("margin",
1258 P_("Pixels of extra space on all four sides"),
1262 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1265 * GtkWidget::destroy:
1266 * @object: the object which received the signal
1268 * Signals that all holders of a reference to the widget should release
1269 * the reference that they hold. May result in finalization of the widget
1270 * if all references are released.
1272 widget_signals[DESTROY] =
1273 g_signal_new (I_("destroy"),
1274 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1275 G_SIGNAL_RUN_CLEANUP | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
1276 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy),
1278 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1284 * Whether to expand horizontally. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand().
1288 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1290 g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand",
1291 P_("Horizontal Expand"),
1292 P_("Whether widget wants more horizontal space"),
1294 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1297 * GtkWidget:hexpand-set
1299 * Whether to use the #GtkWidget:hexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set().
1303 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1305 g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand-set",
1306 P_("Horizontal Expand Set"),
1307 P_("Whether to use the hexpand property"),
1309 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1314 * Whether to expand vertically. See gtk_widget_set_vexpand().
1318 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1320 g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand",
1321 P_("Vertical Expand"),
1322 P_("Whether widget wants more vertical space"),
1324 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1327 * GtkWidget:vexpand-set
1329 * Whether to use the #GtkWidget:vexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set().
1333 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1335 g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand-set",
1336 P_("Vertical Expand Set"),
1337 P_("Whether to use the vexpand property"),
1339 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1344 * Whether to expand in both directions. Setting this sets both #GtkWidget:hexpand and #GtkWidget:vexpand
1348 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1350 g_param_spec_boolean ("expand",
1352 P_("Whether widget wants to expand in both directions"),
1354 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1358 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1360 widget_signals[SHOW] =
1361 g_signal_new (I_("show"),
1362 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1364 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show),
1366 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1371 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1373 widget_signals[HIDE] =
1374 g_signal_new (I_("hide"),
1375 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1377 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hide),
1379 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1384 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1386 widget_signals[MAP] =
1387 g_signal_new (I_("map"),
1388 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1390 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map),
1392 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1397 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1399 widget_signals[UNMAP] =
1400 g_signal_new (I_("unmap"),
1401 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1403 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap),
1405 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1409 * GtkWidget::realize:
1410 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1412 widget_signals[REALIZE] =
1413 g_signal_new (I_("realize"),
1414 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1416 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, realize),
1418 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1422 * GtkWidget::unrealize:
1423 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1425 widget_signals[UNREALIZE] =
1426 g_signal_new (I_("unrealize"),
1427 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1429 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unrealize),
1431 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1435 * GtkWidget::size-allocate:
1436 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1439 widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE] =
1440 g_signal_new (I_("size-allocate"),
1441 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1443 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_allocate),
1445 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
1447 GDK_TYPE_RECTANGLE | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1450 * GtkWidget::state-changed:
1451 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1452 * @state: the previous state
1454 * The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the widget state changes.
1455 * See gtk_widget_get_state().
1457 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use #GtkWidget::state-flags-changed instead.
1459 widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED] =
1460 g_signal_new (I_("state-changed"),
1461 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1463 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_changed),
1465 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1467 GTK_TYPE_STATE_TYPE);
1470 * GtkWidget::state-flags-changed:
1471 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1472 * @flags: The previous state flags.
1474 * The ::state-flags-changed signal is emitted when the widget state
1475 * changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags().
1479 widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED] =
1480 g_signal_new (I_("state-flags-changed"),
1481 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1483 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_flags_changed),
1485 _gtk_marshal_VOID__FLAGS,
1487 GTK_TYPE_STATE_FLAGS);
1490 * GtkWidget::parent-set:
1491 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1492 * @old_parent: (allow-none): the previous parent, or %NULL if the widget
1493 * just got its initial parent.
1495 * The ::parent-set signal is emitted when a new parent
1496 * has been set on a widget.
1498 widget_signals[PARENT_SET] =
1499 g_signal_new (I_("parent-set"),
1500 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1502 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, parent_set),
1504 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1509 * GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed:
1510 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1511 * @previous_toplevel: (allow-none): the previous toplevel ancestor, or %NULL
1512 * if the widget was previously unanchored
1514 * The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the
1515 * anchored state of a widget changes. A widget is
1516 * <firstterm>anchored</firstterm> when its toplevel
1517 * ancestor is a #GtkWindow. This signal is emitted when
1518 * a widget changes from un-anchored to anchored or vice-versa.
1520 widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED] =
1521 g_signal_new (I_("hierarchy-changed"),
1522 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1524 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hierarchy_changed),
1526 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1531 * GtkWidget::style-set:
1532 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1533 * @previous_style: (allow-none): the previous style, or %NULL if the widget
1534 * just got its initial style
1536 * The ::style-set signal is emitted when a new style has been set
1537 * on a widget. Note that style-modifying functions like
1538 * gtk_widget_modify_base() also cause this signal to be emitted.
1540 * Note that this signal is emitted for changes to the deprecated
1541 * #GtkStyle. To track changes to the #GtkStyleContext associated
1542 * with a widget, use the #GtkWidget::style-updated signal.
1544 * Deprecated:3.0: Use the #GtkWidget::style-updated signal
1546 widget_signals[STYLE_SET] =
1547 g_signal_new (I_("style-set"),
1548 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1550 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_set),
1552 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1557 * GtkWidget::style-updated:
1558 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1560 * The ::style-updated signal is emitted when the #GtkStyleContext
1561 * of a widget is changed. Note that style-modifying functions like
1562 * gtk_widget_override_color() also cause this signal to be emitted.
1566 widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED] =
1567 g_signal_new (I_("style-updated"),
1568 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1570 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_updated),
1572 g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1576 * GtkWidget::direction-changed:
1577 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1578 * @previous_direction: the previous text direction of @widget
1580 * The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction
1581 * of a widget changes.
1583 widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED] =
1584 g_signal_new (I_("direction-changed"),
1585 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1587 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, direction_changed),
1589 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1591 GTK_TYPE_TEXT_DIRECTION);
1594 * GtkWidget::grab-notify:
1595 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1596 * @was_grabbed: %FALSE if the widget becomes shadowed, %TRUE
1597 * if it becomes unshadowed
1599 * The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes
1600 * shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on
1601 * another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab
1604 * A widget is shadowed by a gtk_grab_add() when the topmost
1605 * grab widget in the grab stack of its window group is not
1608 widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY] =
1609 g_signal_new (I_("grab-notify"),
1610 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1612 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_notify),
1614 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOOLEAN,
1619 * GtkWidget::child-notify:
1620 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1621 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec of the changed child property
1623 * The ::child-notify signal is emitted for each
1624 * <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> that has
1625 * changed on an object. The signal's detail holds the property name.
1627 widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY] =
1628 g_signal_new (I_("child-notify"),
1629 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1630 G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_DETAILED | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
1631 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, child_notify),
1633 g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__PARAM,
1639 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1640 * @cr: the cairo context to draw to
1642 * This signal is emitted when a widget is supposed to render itself.
1643 * The @widget's top left corner must be painted at the origin of
1644 * the passed in context and be sized to the values returned by
1645 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_width() and
1646 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_height().
1648 * Signal handlers connected to this signal can modify the cairo
1649 * context passed as @cr in any way they like and don't need to
1650 * restore it. The signal emission takes care of calling cairo_save()
1651 * before and cairo_restore() after invoking the handler.
1653 widget_signals[DRAW] =
1654 g_signal_new (I_("draw"),
1655 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1657 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, draw),
1658 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1659 gtk_widget_draw_marshaller,
1661 CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_CONTEXT);
1664 * GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate:
1665 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1668 widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE] =
1669 g_signal_new (I_("mnemonic-activate"),
1670 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1672 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, mnemonic_activate),
1673 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1674 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOOLEAN,
1679 * GtkWidget::grab-focus:
1680 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1682 widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS] =
1683 g_signal_new (I_("grab-focus"),
1684 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1685 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
1686 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_focus),
1688 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1693 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1696 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1698 widget_signals[FOCUS] =
1699 g_signal_new (I_("focus"),
1700 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1702 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus),
1703 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1704 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
1706 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1709 * GtkWidget::move-focus:
1710 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1713 widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS] =
1714 g_signal_new (I_("move-focus"),
1715 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1716 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
1717 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, move_focus),
1719 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1722 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1725 * GtkWidget::keynav-failed:
1726 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1727 * @direction: the direction of movement
1729 * Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails.
1730 * See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details.
1732 * Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
1733 * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
1734 * navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
1738 widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED] =
1739 g_signal_new (I_("keynav-failed"),
1740 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1742 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, keynav_failed),
1743 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1744 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
1746 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1750 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1751 * @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
1753 * The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered
1754 * to a widget: one generic ::event signal, another, more specific,
1755 * signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g.
1756 * #GtkWidget::key-press-event) and finally a generic
1757 * #GtkWidget::event-after signal.
1759 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event
1760 * and to cancel the emission of the second specific ::event signal.
1761 * %FALSE to propagate the event further and to allow the emission of
1762 * the second signal. The ::event-after signal is emitted regardless of
1765 widget_signals[EVENT] =
1766 g_signal_new (I_("event"),
1767 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1769 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, event),
1770 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1771 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1773 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1776 * GtkWidget::event-after:
1777 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1778 * @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
1780 * After the emission of the #GtkWidget::event signal and (optionally)
1781 * the second more specific signal, ::event-after will be emitted
1782 * regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values.
1785 widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER] =
1786 g_signal_new (I_("event-after"),
1787 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1791 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
1793 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1796 * GtkWidget::button-press-event:
1797 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1798 * @event: (type Gdk.EventButton): the #GdkEventButton which triggered
1801 * The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button
1802 * (typically from a mouse) is pressed.
1804 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
1805 * widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
1807 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1809 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1810 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1812 widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT] =
1813 g_signal_new (I_("button-press-event"),
1814 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1816 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_press_event),
1817 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1818 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1820 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1823 * GtkWidget::button-release-event:
1824 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1825 * @event: (type Gdk.EventButton): the #GdkEventButton which triggered
1828 * The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button
1829 * (typically from a mouse) is released.
1831 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
1832 * widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK mask.
1834 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1836 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1837 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1839 widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT] =
1840 g_signal_new (I_("button-release-event"),
1841 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1843 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_release_event),
1844 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1845 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1847 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1850 * GtkWidget::scroll-event:
1851 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1852 * @event: (type Gdk.EventScroll): the #GdkEventScroll which triggered
1855 * The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7
1856 * range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate
1857 * button press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned.
1859 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1860 * to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
1862 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1864 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1865 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1867 widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT] =
1868 g_signal_new (I_("scroll-event"),
1869 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1871 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, scroll_event),
1872 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1873 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1875 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1878 * GtkWidget::motion-notify-event:
1879 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1880 * @event: (type Gdk.EventMotion): the #GdkEventMotion which triggered
1883 * The ::motion-notify-event signal is emitted when the pointer moves
1884 * over the widget's #GdkWindow.
1886 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
1887 * needs to enable the #GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK mask.
1889 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1891 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1892 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1894 widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
1895 g_signal_new (I_("motion-notify-event"),
1896 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1898 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, motion_notify_event),
1899 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1900 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1902 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1905 * GtkWidget::composited-changed:
1906 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1908 * The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited
1909 * status of @widget<!-- -->s screen changes.
1910 * See gdk_screen_is_composited().
1912 widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED] =
1913 g_signal_new (I_("composited-changed"),
1914 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1915 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
1916 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, composited_changed),
1918 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1922 * GtkWidget::delete-event:
1923 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1924 * @event: the event which triggered this signal
1926 * The ::delete-event signal is emitted if a user requests that
1927 * a toplevel window is closed. The default handler for this signal
1928 * destroys the window. Connecting gtk_widget_hide_on_delete() to
1929 * this signal will cause the window to be hidden instead, so that
1930 * it can later be shown again without reconstructing it.
1932 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1933 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1935 widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT] =
1936 g_signal_new (I_("delete-event"),
1937 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1939 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, delete_event),
1940 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1941 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1943 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1946 * GtkWidget::destroy-event:
1947 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1948 * @event: the event which triggered this signal
1950 * The ::destroy-event signal is emitted when a #GdkWindow is destroyed.
1951 * You rarely get this signal, because most widgets disconnect themselves
1952 * from their window before they destroy it, so no widget owns the
1953 * window at destroy time.
1955 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1956 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
1957 * automatically for all new windows.
1959 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1960 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1962 widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT] =
1963 g_signal_new (I_("destroy-event"),
1964 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1966 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy_event),
1967 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1968 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1970 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1973 * GtkWidget::key-press-event:
1974 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1975 * @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
1977 * The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed. The signal
1978 * emission will reoccur at the key-repeat rate when the key is kept pressed.
1980 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1981 * to enable the #GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK mask.
1983 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1985 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1986 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1988 widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT] =
1989 g_signal_new (I_("key-press-event"),
1990 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1992 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_press_event),
1993 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1994 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1996 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1999 * GtkWidget::key-release-event:
2000 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2001 * @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
2003 * The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is released.
2005 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2006 * to enable the #GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK mask.
2008 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2010 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2011 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2013 widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT] =
2014 g_signal_new (I_("key-release-event"),
2015 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2017 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_release_event),
2018 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2019 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2021 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2024 * GtkWidget::enter-notify-event:
2025 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2026 * @event: (type Gdk.EventCrossing): the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
2029 * The ::enter-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer enters
2030 * the @widget's window.
2032 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2033 * to enable the #GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2035 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2037 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2038 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2040 widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2041 g_signal_new (I_("enter-notify-event"),
2042 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2044 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, enter_notify_event),
2045 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2046 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2048 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2051 * GtkWidget::leave-notify-event:
2052 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2053 * @event: (type Gdk.EventCrossing): the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
2056 * The ::leave-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer leaves
2057 * the @widget's window.
2059 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2060 * to enable the #GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2062 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2064 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2065 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2067 widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2068 g_signal_new (I_("leave-notify-event"),
2069 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2071 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, leave_notify_event),
2072 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2073 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2075 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2078 * GtkWidget::configure-event:
2079 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2080 * @event: (type Gdk.EventConfigure): the #GdkEventConfigure which triggered
2083 * The ::configure-event signal will be emitted when the size, position or
2084 * stacking of the @widget's window has changed.
2086 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2087 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2088 * automatically for all new windows.
2090 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2091 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2093 widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT] =
2094 g_signal_new (I_("configure-event"),
2095 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2097 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, configure_event),
2098 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2099 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2101 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2104 * GtkWidget::focus-in-event:
2105 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2106 * @event: (type Gdk.EventFocus): the #GdkEventFocus which triggered
2109 * The ::focus-in-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
2110 * enters the @widget's window.
2112 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2113 * to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
2115 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2116 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2118 widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT] =
2119 g_signal_new (I_("focus-in-event"),
2120 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2122 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_in_event),
2123 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2124 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2126 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2129 * GtkWidget::focus-out-event:
2130 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2131 * @event: (type Gdk.EventFocus): the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this
2134 * The ::focus-out-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
2135 * leaves the @widget's window.
2137 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2138 * to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
2140 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2141 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2143 widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT] =
2144 g_signal_new (I_("focus-out-event"),
2145 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2147 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_out_event),
2148 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2149 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2151 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2154 * GtkWidget::map-event:
2155 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2156 * @event: (type Gdk.EventAny): the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal.
2158 * The ::map-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
2159 * mapped. A window is mapped when it becomes visible on the screen.
2161 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2162 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2163 * automatically for all new windows.
2165 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2166 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2168 widget_signals[MAP_EVENT] =
2169 g_signal_new (I_("map-event"),
2170 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2172 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map_event),
2173 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2174 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2176 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2179 * GtkWidget::unmap-event:
2180 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2181 * @event: (type Gdk.EventAny): the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal
2183 * The ::unmap-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
2184 * unmapped. A window is unmapped when it becomes invisible on the screen.
2186 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2187 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2188 * automatically for all new windows.
2190 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2191 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2193 widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT] =
2194 g_signal_new (I_("unmap-event"),
2195 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2197 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap_event),
2198 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2199 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2201 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2204 * GtkWidget::property-notify-event:
2205 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2206 * @event: (type Gdk.EventProperty): the #GdkEventProperty which triggered
2209 * The ::property-notify-event signal will be emitted when a property on
2210 * the @widget's window has been changed or deleted.
2212 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2213 * to enable the #GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK mask.
2215 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2216 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2218 widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2219 g_signal_new (I_("property-notify-event"),
2220 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2222 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, property_notify_event),
2223 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2224 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2226 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2229 * GtkWidget::selection-clear-event:
2230 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2231 * @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection): the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
2234 * The ::selection-clear-event signal will be emitted when the
2235 * the @widget's window has lost ownership of a selection.
2237 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2238 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2240 widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT] =
2241 g_signal_new (I_("selection-clear-event"),
2242 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2244 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_clear_event),
2245 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2246 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2248 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2251 * GtkWidget::selection-request-event:
2252 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2253 * @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection): the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
2256 * The ::selection-request-event signal will be emitted when
2257 * another client requests ownership of the selection owned by
2258 * the @widget's window.
2260 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2261 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2263 widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT] =
2264 g_signal_new (I_("selection-request-event"),
2265 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2267 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_request_event),
2268 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2269 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2271 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2274 * GtkWidget::selection-notify-event:
2275 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2278 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2280 widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2281 g_signal_new (I_("selection-notify-event"),
2282 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2284 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_notify_event),
2285 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2286 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2288 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2291 * GtkWidget::selection-received:
2292 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2296 widget_signals[SELECTION_RECEIVED] =
2297 g_signal_new (I_("selection-received"),
2298 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2300 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_received),
2302 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT,
2304 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2308 * GtkWidget::selection-get:
2309 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2314 widget_signals[SELECTION_GET] =
2315 g_signal_new (I_("selection-get"),
2316 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2318 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_get),
2320 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2322 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2327 * GtkWidget::proximity-in-event:
2328 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2329 * @event: (type Gdk.EventProximity): the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
2332 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2333 * to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK mask.
2335 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2337 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2338 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2340 widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT] =
2341 g_signal_new (I_("proximity-in-event"),
2342 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2344 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_in_event),
2345 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2346 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2348 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2351 * GtkWidget::proximity-out-event:
2352 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2353 * @event: (type Gdk.EventProximity): the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
2356 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2357 * to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK mask.
2359 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2361 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2362 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2364 widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT] =
2365 g_signal_new (I_("proximity-out-event"),
2366 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2368 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_out_event),
2369 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2370 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2372 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2375 * GtkWidget::drag-leave:
2376 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2377 * @drag_context: the drag context
2378 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
2380 * The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor
2381 * leaves the widget. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to
2382 * undo things done in #GtkWidget::drag-motion, e.g. undo highlighting
2383 * with gtk_drag_unhighlight()
2385 widget_signals[DRAG_LEAVE] =
2386 g_signal_new (I_("drag-leave"),
2387 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2389 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_leave),
2391 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_UINT,
2393 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2397 * GtkWidget::drag-begin:
2398 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2399 * @drag_context: the drag context
2401 * The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
2402 * started. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to set up a
2403 * custom drag icon with gtk_drag_source_set_icon().
2405 * Note that some widgets set up a drag icon in the default handler of
2406 * this signal, so you may have to use g_signal_connect_after() to
2407 * override what the default handler did.
2409 widget_signals[DRAG_BEGIN] =
2410 g_signal_new (I_("drag-begin"),
2411 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2413 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_begin),
2415 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2417 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
2420 * GtkWidget::drag-end:
2421 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2422 * @drag_context: the drag context
2424 * The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
2425 * finished. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo
2426 * things done in #GtkWidget::drag-begin.
2428 widget_signals[DRAG_END] =
2429 g_signal_new (I_("drag-end"),
2430 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2432 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_end),
2434 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2436 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
2439 * GtkWidget::drag-data-delete:
2440 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2441 * @drag_context: the drag context
2443 * The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag
2444 * with the action %GDK_ACTION_MOVE is successfully completed. The signal
2445 * handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What
2446 * "delete" means depends on the context of the drag operation.
2448 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_DELETE] =
2449 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-delete"),
2450 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2452 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_delete),
2454 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2456 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
2459 * GtkWidget::drag-failed:
2460 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2461 * @drag_context: the drag context
2462 * @result: the result of the drag operation
2464 * The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has
2465 * failed. The signal handler may hook custom code to handle a failed DND
2466 * operation based on the type of error, it returns %TRUE is the failure has
2467 * been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed"
2468 * animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE.
2470 * Return value: %TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled.
2474 widget_signals[DRAG_FAILED] =
2475 g_signal_new (I_("drag-failed"),
2476 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2478 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_failed),
2479 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2480 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_ENUM,
2482 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2483 GTK_TYPE_DRAG_RESULT);
2486 * GtkWidget::drag-motion:
2487 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2488 * @drag_context: the drag context
2489 * @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
2490 * @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
2491 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
2492 * @returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
2494 * The drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user
2495 * moves the cursor over the widget during a drag. The signal handler
2496 * must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not.
2497 * If it is not in a drop zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing
2498 * is necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the
2499 * handler is responsible for providing the necessary information for
2500 * displaying feedback to the user, by calling gdk_drag_status().
2502 * If the decision whether the drop will be accepted or rejected can't be
2503 * made based solely on the cursor position and the type of the data, the
2504 * handler may inspect the dragged data by calling gtk_drag_get_data() and
2505 * defer the gdk_drag_status() call to the #GtkWidget::drag-data-received
2506 * handler. Note that you cannot not pass #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP,
2507 * #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION or #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL to gtk_drag_dest_set()
2508 * when using the drag-motion signal that way.
2510 * Also note that there is no drag-enter signal. The drag receiver has to
2511 * keep track of whether he has received any drag-motion signals since the
2512 * last #GtkWidget::drag-leave and if not, treat the drag-motion signal as
2513 * an "enter" signal. Upon an "enter", the handler will typically highlight
2514 * the drop site with gtk_drag_highlight().
2517 * drag_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
2518 * GdkDragContext *context,
2525 * PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
2527 * if (!private_data->drag_highlight)
2529 * private_data->drag_highlight = 1;
2530 * gtk_drag_highlight (widget);
2533 * target = gtk_drag_dest_find_target (widget, context, NULL);
2534 * if (target == GDK_NONE)
2535 * gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
2538 * private_data->pending_status = context->suggested_action;
2539 * gtk_drag_get_data (widget, context, target, time);
2546 * drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
2547 * GdkDragContext *context,
2550 * GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
2554 * PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
2556 * if (private_data->suggested_action)
2558 * private_data->suggested_action = 0;
2560 * /* We are getting this data due to a request in drag_motion,
2561 * * rather than due to a request in drag_drop, so we are just
2562 * * supposed to call gdk_drag_status (), not actually paste in
2565 * str = gtk_selection_data_get_text (selection_data);
2566 * if (!data_is_acceptable (str))
2567 * gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
2569 * gdk_drag_status (context, private_data->suggested_action, time);
2573 * /* accept the drop */
2578 widget_signals[DRAG_MOTION] =
2579 g_signal_new (I_("drag-motion"),
2580 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2582 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_motion),
2583 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2584 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
2586 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2592 * GtkWidget::drag-drop:
2593 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2594 * @drag_context: the drag context
2595 * @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
2596 * @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
2597 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
2598 * @returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
2600 * The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops
2601 * the data onto the widget. The signal handler must determine whether
2602 * the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop
2603 * zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing is necessary.
2604 * Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the handler must
2605 * ensure that gtk_drag_finish() is called to let the source know that
2606 * the drop is done. The call to gtk_drag_finish() can be done either
2607 * directly or in a #GtkWidget::drag-data-received handler which gets
2608 * triggered by calling gtk_drag_get_data() to receive the data for one
2609 * or more of the supported targets.
2611 widget_signals[DRAG_DROP] =
2612 g_signal_new (I_("drag-drop"),
2613 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2615 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_drop),
2616 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2617 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
2619 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2625 * GtkWidget::drag-data-get:
2626 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2627 * @drag_context: the drag context
2628 * @data: the #GtkSelectionData to be filled with the dragged data
2629 * @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
2631 * @time: the timestamp at which the data was requested
2633 * The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop
2634 * site requests the data which is dragged. It is the responsibility of
2635 * the signal handler to fill @data with the data in the format which
2636 * is indicated by @info. See gtk_selection_data_set() and
2637 * gtk_selection_data_set_text().
2639 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_GET] =
2640 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-get"),
2641 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2643 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_get),
2645 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2647 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2648 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2653 * GtkWidget::drag-data-received:
2654 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2655 * @drag_context: the drag context
2656 * @x: where the drop happened
2657 * @y: where the drop happened
2658 * @data: the received data
2659 * @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
2661 * @time: the timestamp at which the data was received
2663 * The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the
2664 * dragged data has been received. If the data was received in order to
2665 * determine whether the drop will be accepted, the handler is expected
2666 * to call gdk_drag_status() and <emphasis>not</emphasis> finish the drag.
2667 * If the data was received in response to a #GtkWidget::drag-drop signal
2668 * (and this is the last target to be received), the handler for this
2669 * signal is expected to process the received data and then call
2670 * gtk_drag_finish(), setting the @success parameter depending on whether
2671 * the data was processed successfully.
2673 * The handler may inspect and modify @drag_context->action before calling
2674 * gtk_drag_finish(), e.g. to implement %GDK_ACTION_ASK as shown in the
2675 * following example:
2678 * drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
2679 * GdkDragContext *drag_context,
2682 * GtkSelectionData *data,
2686 * if ((data->length >= 0) && (data->format == 8))
2688 * if (drag_context->action == GDK_ACTION_ASK)
2690 * GtkWidget *dialog;
2693 * dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (NULL,
2694 * GTK_DIALOG_MODAL |
2695 * GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
2697 * GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO,
2698 * "Move the data ?\n");
2699 * response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog));
2700 * gtk_widget_destroy (dialog);
2702 * if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_YES)
2703 * drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_MOVE;
2705 * drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_COPY;
2708 * gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, TRUE, FALSE, time);
2712 * gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, FALSE, FALSE, time);
2716 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED] =
2717 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-received"),
2718 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2720 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_received),
2722 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_INT_INT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2724 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2727 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2732 * GtkWidget::visibility-notify-event:
2733 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2734 * @event: (type Gdk.EventVisibility): the #GdkEventVisibility which
2735 * triggered this signal.
2737 * The ::visibility-notify-event will be emitted when the @widget's window
2738 * is obscured or unobscured.
2740 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2741 * to enable the #GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2743 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2744 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2746 widget_signals[VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2747 g_signal_new (I_("visibility-notify-event"),
2748 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2750 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, visibility_notify_event),
2751 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2752 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2754 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2757 * GtkWidget::window-state-event:
2758 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2759 * @event: (type Gdk.EventWindowState): the #GdkEventWindowState which
2760 * triggered this signal.
2762 * The ::window-state-event will be emitted when the state of the
2763 * toplevel window associated to the @widget changes.
2765 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
2766 * needs to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable
2767 * this mask automatically for all new windows.
2769 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the
2770 * event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2772 widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT] =
2773 g_signal_new (I_("window-state-event"),
2774 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2776 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, window_state_event),
2777 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2778 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2780 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2783 * GtkWidget::damage-event:
2784 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2785 * @event: the #GdkEventExpose event
2787 * Emitted when a redirected window belonging to @widget gets drawn into.
2788 * The region/area members of the event shows what area of the redirected
2789 * drawable was drawn into.
2791 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2792 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2796 widget_signals[DAMAGE_EVENT] =
2797 g_signal_new (I_("damage-event"),
2798 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2800 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, damage_event),
2801 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2802 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2804 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2807 * GtkWidget::grab-broken-event:
2808 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2809 * @event: the #GdkEventGrabBroken event
2811 * Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging
2812 * to @widget gets broken.
2814 * On X11, this happens when the grab window becomes unviewable
2815 * (i.e. it or one of its ancestors is unmapped), or if the same
2816 * application grabs the pointer or keyboard again.
2818 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
2819 * the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2823 widget_signals[GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT] =
2824 g_signal_new (I_("grab-broken-event"),
2825 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2827 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_broken_event),
2828 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2829 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2831 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2834 * GtkWidget::query-tooltip:
2835 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2836 * @x: the x coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
2837 * been emitted, relative to @widget->window
2838 * @y: the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
2839 * been emitted, relative to @widget->window
2840 * @keyboard_mode: %TRUE if the tooltip was trigged using the keyboard
2841 * @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
2843 * Emitted when #GtkWidget:has-tooltip is %TRUE and the #GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-timeout
2844 * has expired with the cursor hovering "above" @widget; or emitted when @widget got
2845 * focus in keyboard mode.
2847 * Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine
2848 * whether a tooltip should be shown for @widget. If this is the case
2849 * %TRUE should be returned, %FALSE otherwise. Note that if
2850 * @keyboard_mode is %TRUE, the values of @x and @y are undefined and
2851 * should not be used.
2853 * The signal handler is free to manipulate @tooltip with the therefore
2854 * destined function calls.
2856 * Returns: %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise.
2860 widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP] =
2861 g_signal_new (I_("query-tooltip"),
2862 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2864 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, query_tooltip),
2865 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2866 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__INT_INT_BOOLEAN_OBJECT,
2874 * GtkWidget::popup-menu
2875 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2877 * This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context
2878 * menu. This usually happens through the standard key binding mechanism;
2879 * by pressing a certain key while a widget is focused, the user can cause
2880 * the widget to pop up a menu. For example, the #GtkEntry widget creates
2881 * a menu with clipboard commands. See <xref linkend="checklist-popup-menu"/>
2882 * for an example of how to use this signal.
2884 * Returns: %TRUE if a menu was activated
2886 widget_signals[POPUP_MENU] =
2887 g_signal_new (I_("popup-menu"),
2888 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2889 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
2890 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, popup_menu),
2891 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2892 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__VOID,
2896 * GtkWidget::show-help:
2897 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2900 widget_signals[SHOW_HELP] =
2901 g_signal_new (I_("show-help"),
2902 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2903 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
2904 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show_help),
2905 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2906 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
2908 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE);
2911 * GtkWidget::accel-closures-changed:
2912 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2914 widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED] =
2915 g_signal_new (I_("accel-closures-changed"),
2916 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2920 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
2924 * GtkWidget::screen-changed:
2925 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
2926 * @previous_screen: (allow-none): the previous screen, or %NULL if the
2927 * widget was not associated with a screen before
2929 * The ::screen-changed signal gets emitted when the
2930 * screen of a widget has changed.
2932 widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED] =
2933 g_signal_new (I_("screen-changed"),
2934 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2936 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, screen_changed),
2938 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2943 * GtkWidget::can-activate-accel:
2944 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2945 * @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
2947 * Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
2948 * identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
2949 * This signal is present to allow applications and derived
2950 * widgets to override the default #GtkWidget handling
2951 * for determining whether an accelerator can be activated.
2953 * Returns: %TRUE if the signal can be activated.
2955 widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL] =
2956 g_signal_new (I_("can-activate-accel"),
2957 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2959 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, can_activate_accel),
2960 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2961 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__UINT,
2962 G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1, G_TYPE_UINT);
2964 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (klass);
2965 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F10, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
2967 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_Menu, 0,
2970 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
2972 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
2973 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
2974 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_KP_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
2976 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
2977 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
2978 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
2980 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
2981 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
2982 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_KP_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
2984 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
2985 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
2987 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2988 g_param_spec_boolean ("interior-focus",
2989 P_("Interior Focus"),
2990 P_("Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"),
2992 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
2994 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
2995 g_param_spec_int ("focus-line-width",
2996 P_("Focus linewidth"),
2997 P_("Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"),
2999 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3001 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3002 g_param_spec_string ("focus-line-pattern",
3003 P_("Focus line dash pattern"),
3004 P_("Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"),
3006 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3007 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3008 g_param_spec_int ("focus-padding",
3009 P_("Focus padding"),
3010 P_("Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"),
3012 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3013 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3014 g_param_spec_boxed ("cursor-color",
3016 P_("Color with which to draw insertion cursor"),
3018 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3019 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3020 g_param_spec_boxed ("secondary-cursor-color",
3021 P_("Secondary cursor color"),
3022 P_("Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text"),
3024 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3025 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3026 g_param_spec_float ("cursor-aspect-ratio",
3027 P_("Cursor line aspect ratio"),
3028 P_("Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"),
3030 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3032 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3033 g_param_spec_boolean ("window-dragging",
3034 P_("Window dragging"),
3035 P_("Whether windows can be dragged by clicking on empty areas"),
3037 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3040 * GtkWidget:link-color:
3042 * The "link-color" style property defines the color of unvisited links.
3046 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3047 g_param_spec_boxed ("link-color",
3048 P_("Unvisited Link Color"),
3049 P_("Color of unvisited links"),
3051 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3054 * GtkWidget:visited-link-color:
3056 * The "visited-link-color" style property defines the color of visited links.
3060 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3061 g_param_spec_boxed ("visited-link-color",
3062 P_("Visited Link Color"),
3063 P_("Color of visited links"),
3065 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3068 * GtkWidget:wide-separators:
3070 * The "wide-separators" style property defines whether separators have
3071 * configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line.
3075 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3076 g_param_spec_boolean ("wide-separators",
3077 P_("Wide Separators"),
3078 P_("Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line"),
3080 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3083 * GtkWidget:separator-width:
3085 * The "separator-width" style property defines the width of separators.
3086 * This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
3090 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3091 g_param_spec_int ("separator-width",
3092 P_("Separator Width"),
3093 P_("The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"),
3095 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3098 * GtkWidget:separator-height:
3100 * The "separator-height" style property defines the height of separators.
3101 * This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
3105 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3106 g_param_spec_int ("separator-height",
3107 P_("Separator Height"),
3108 P_("The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"),
3110 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3113 * GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-hlength:
3115 * The "scroll-arrow-hlength" style property defines the length of
3116 * horizontal scroll arrows.
3120 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3121 g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-hlength",
3122 P_("Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"),
3123 P_("The length of horizontal scroll arrows"),
3125 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3128 * GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-vlength:
3130 * The "scroll-arrow-vlength" style property defines the length of
3131 * vertical scroll arrows.
3135 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3136 g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-vlength",
3137 P_("Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"),
3138 P_("The length of vertical scroll arrows"),
3140 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3142 g_type_class_add_private (klass, sizeof (GtkWidgetPrivate));
3146 gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
3150 list = g_param_spec_pool_list_owned (style_property_spec_pool, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
3151 for (node = list; node; node = node->next)
3153 GParamSpec *pspec = node->data;
3155 g_param_spec_pool_remove (style_property_spec_pool, pspec);
3156 g_param_spec_unref (pspec);
3162 gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
3164 const GValue *value,
3167 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
3172 gchar *tooltip_markup;
3173 const gchar *tooltip_text;
3174 GtkWindow *tooltip_window;
3177 gtk_widget_set_name (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
3180 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (g_value_get_object (value)), widget);
3182 case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
3183 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, g_value_get_int (value), -2, 0);
3185 case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
3186 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, -2, g_value_get_int (value), 0);
3189 gtk_widget_set_visible (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3191 case PROP_SENSITIVE:
3192 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3194 case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
3195 gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3197 case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
3198 gtk_widget_set_can_focus (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3200 case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
3201 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
3202 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
3205 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
3206 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
3208 case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
3209 gtk_widget_set_can_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3211 case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
3212 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
3213 gtk_widget_grab_default (widget);
3215 case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
3216 gtk_widget_set_receives_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3219 gtk_widget_set_style (widget, g_value_get_object (value));
3222 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
3223 gtk_widget_set_events (widget, g_value_get_flags (value));
3225 case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
3226 gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3228 case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
3229 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
3230 g_value_get_boolean (value), FALSE);
3232 case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
3233 tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
3234 tooltip_markup = g_value_dup_string (value);
3236 /* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
3237 * because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
3239 if (tooltip_markup && (strlen (tooltip_markup) == 0))
3241 g_free (tooltip_markup);
3242 tooltip_markup = NULL;
3245 g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
3246 tooltip_markup, g_free);
3248 tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
3249 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
3250 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3251 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
3253 case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
3254 tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
3256 tooltip_text = g_value_get_string (value);
3258 /* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
3259 * because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
3261 if (tooltip_text && (strlen (tooltip_text) == 0))
3262 tooltip_text = NULL;
3264 tooltip_markup = tooltip_text ? g_markup_escape_text (tooltip_text, -1) : NULL;
3266 g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
3267 tooltip_markup, g_free);
3269 tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
3270 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
3271 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3272 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
3274 case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
3275 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3278 gtk_widget_set_halign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
3281 gtk_widget_set_valign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
3283 case PROP_MARGIN_LEFT:
3284 gtk_widget_set_margin_left (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3286 case PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT:
3287 gtk_widget_set_margin_right (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3289 case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
3290 gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3292 case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
3293 gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3296 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3297 gtk_widget_set_margin_left (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3298 gtk_widget_set_margin_right (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3299 gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3300 gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3301 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3304 gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3306 case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
3307 gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3310 gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3312 case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
3313 gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3316 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3317 gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3318 gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3319 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3322 G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
3328 gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
3333 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
3334 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3342 g_value_set_string (value, priv->name);
3344 g_value_set_static_string (value, "");
3347 g_value_set_object (value, priv->parent);
3349 case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
3352 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, &w, NULL);
3353 g_value_set_int (value, w);
3356 case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
3359 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, NULL, &h);
3360 g_value_set_int (value, h);
3364 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) != FALSE));
3366 case PROP_SENSITIVE:
3367 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_sensitive (widget) != FALSE));
3369 case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
3370 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (widget) != FALSE));
3372 case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
3373 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget) != FALSE));
3375 case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
3376 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_has_focus (widget) != FALSE));
3379 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget)));
3381 case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
3382 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget) != FALSE));
3384 case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
3385 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_has_default (widget) != FALSE));
3387 case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
3388 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_receives_default (widget) != FALSE));
3390 case PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD:
3391 g_value_set_boolean (value, widget->priv->composite_child);
3394 g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_style (widget));
3397 eventp = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
3398 g_value_set_flags (value, GPOINTER_TO_INT (eventp));
3400 case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
3401 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget));
3403 case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
3404 g_value_set_boolean (value, GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_has_tooltip)));
3406 case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
3408 gchar *escaped = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup);
3411 if (escaped && !pango_parse_markup (escaped, -1, 0, NULL, &text, NULL, NULL))
3412 g_assert (NULL == text); /* text should still be NULL in case of markup errors */
3414 g_value_take_string (value, text);
3417 case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
3418 g_value_set_string (value, g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup));
3421 g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
3423 case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
3424 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (widget));
3427 g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_halign (widget));
3430 g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_valign (widget));
3432 case PROP_MARGIN_LEFT:
3433 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_left (widget));
3435 case PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT:
3436 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_right (widget));
3438 case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
3439 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_top (widget));
3441 case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
3442 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (widget));
3446 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
3447 if (aux_info == NULL)
3449 g_value_set_int (value, 0);
3453 g_value_set_int (value, MAX (MAX (aux_info->margin.left,
3454 aux_info->margin.right),
3455 MAX (aux_info->margin.top,
3456 aux_info->margin.bottom)));
3461 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget));
3463 case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
3464 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (widget));
3467 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
3469 case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
3470 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (widget));
3473 g_value_set_boolean (value,
3474 gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget) &&
3475 gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
3478 G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
3484 gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget)
3486 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
3488 widget->priv = G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_PRIVATE (widget,
3491 priv = widget->priv;
3493 priv->child_visible = TRUE;
3495 priv->allocation.x = -1;
3496 priv->allocation.y = -1;
3497 priv->allocation.width = 1;
3498 priv->allocation.height = 1;
3499 priv->window = NULL;
3500 priv->parent = NULL;
3502 priv->sensitive = TRUE;
3503 priv->parent_sensitive = TRUE;
3504 priv->composite_child = composite_child_stack != 0;
3505 priv->double_buffered = TRUE;
3506 priv->redraw_on_alloc = TRUE;
3507 priv->width_request_needed = TRUE;
3508 priv->height_request_needed = TRUE;
3509 priv->alloc_needed = TRUE;
3511 /* this will be set to TRUE if the widget gets a child or if the
3512 * expand flag is set on the widget, but until one of those happen
3513 * we know the expand is already properly FALSE.
3515 * We really want to default FALSE here to avoid computing expand
3516 * all over the place while initially building a widget tree.
3518 priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
3520 priv->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
3521 g_object_ref (priv->style);
3526 gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
3528 GParamSpec **pspecs)
3530 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3531 GtkWidget *container = priv->parent;
3534 for (i = 0; widget->priv->parent == container && i < n_pspecs; i++)
3535 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY], g_quark_from_string (pspecs[i]->name), pspecs[i]);
3539 * gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify:
3540 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3542 * Stops emission of #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget. The
3543 * signals are queued until gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify() is called
3546 * This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties.
3549 gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
3551 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3553 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
3556 g_object_ref (widget);
3557 g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3558 g_object_unref (widget);
3562 * gtk_widget_child_notify:
3563 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3564 * @child_property: the name of a child property installed on the
3565 * class of @widget<!-- -->'s parent
3567 * Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
3568 * <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> @child_property
3571 * This is the analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties.
3574 gtk_widget_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
3575 const gchar *child_property)
3577 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3580 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3581 g_return_if_fail (child_property != NULL);
3582 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count || !priv->parent)
3585 g_object_ref (widget);
3586 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (_gtk_widget_child_property_pool,
3588 G_OBJECT_TYPE (priv->parent),
3591 g_warning ("%s: container class `%s' has no child property named `%s'",
3593 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (priv->parent),
3597 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3599 g_object_notify_queue_add (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue, pspec);
3600 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3602 g_object_unref (widget);
3606 * gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify:
3607 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3609 * Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify().
3610 * This causes all queued #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget to be
3614 gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
3616 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
3618 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3620 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
3623 g_object_ref (widget);
3624 nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_from_object (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3625 if (!nqueue || !nqueue->freeze_count)
3626 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": child-property-changed notification for %s(%p) is not frozen",
3627 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
3629 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3630 g_object_unref (widget);
3636 * @type: type ID of the widget to create
3637 * @first_property_name: name of first property to set
3638 * @Varargs: value of first property, followed by more properties,
3641 * This is a convenience function for creating a widget and setting
3642 * its properties in one go. For example you might write:
3643 * <literal>gtk_widget_new (GTK_TYPE_LABEL, "label", "Hello World", "xalign",
3644 * 0.0, NULL)</literal> to create a left-aligned label. Equivalent to
3645 * g_object_new(), but returns a widget so you don't have to
3646 * cast the object yourself.
3648 * Return value: a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type
3651 gtk_widget_new (GType type,
3652 const gchar *first_property_name,
3658 g_return_val_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET), NULL);
3660 va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
3661 widget = (GtkWidget *)g_object_new_valist (type, first_property_name, var_args);
3668 gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (GtkWidget *widget)
3670 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3673 parent = priv->parent;
3674 if (parent && gtk_widget_is_drawable (parent))
3675 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (parent,
3678 priv->allocation.width,
3679 priv->allocation.height);
3683 * gtk_widget_unparent:
3684 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3686 * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
3687 * Should be called by implementations of the remove method
3688 * on #GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container.
3691 gtk_widget_unparent (GtkWidget *widget)
3693 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
3694 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
3695 GtkWidget *toplevel;
3696 GtkWidget *old_parent;
3698 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3700 priv = widget->priv;
3702 if (priv->parent == NULL)
3705 /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_detach() */
3707 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
3709 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3710 nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3712 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
3713 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
3714 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
3716 if (gtk_container_get_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent)) == widget)
3717 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), NULL);
3719 gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (widget);
3721 /* Reset the width and height here, to force reallocation if we
3722 * get added back to a new parent. This won't work if our new
3723 * allocation is smaller than 1x1 and we actually want a size of 1x1...
3724 * (would 0x0 be OK here?)
3726 priv->allocation.width = 1;
3727 priv->allocation.height = 1;
3729 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
3731 if (priv->in_reparent)
3732 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
3734 gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
3737 /* If we are unanchoring the child, we save around the toplevel
3738 * to emit hierarchy changed
3740 if (priv->parent->priv->anchored)
3741 g_object_ref (toplevel);
3745 /* Removing a widget from a container restores the child visible
3746 * flag to the default state, so it doesn't affect the child
3747 * in the next parent.
3749 priv->child_visible = TRUE;
3751 old_parent = priv->parent;
3752 priv->parent = NULL;
3754 /* parent may no longer expand if the removed
3755 * child was expand=TRUE and could therefore
3758 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
3759 (priv->need_compute_expand ||
3760 priv->computed_hexpand ||
3761 priv->computed_vexpand))
3763 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (old_parent);
3766 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, old_parent);
3769 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, toplevel);
3770 g_object_unref (toplevel);
3773 /* Now that the parent pointer is nullified and the hierarchy-changed
3774 * already passed, go ahead and unset the parent window, if we are unparenting
3775 * an embeded GtkWindow the window will become toplevel again and hierarchy-changed
3776 * will fire again for the new subhierarchy.
3778 gtk_widget_set_parent_window (widget, NULL);
3780 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
3781 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3783 g_object_notify_queue_clear (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3784 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3786 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
3787 g_object_unref (widget);
3791 * gtk_widget_destroy:
3792 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3794 * Destroys a widget.
3797 * destroyed, it will break any references it holds to other objects.
3798 * If the widget is inside a container, the widget will be removed
3799 * from the container. If the widget is a toplevel (derived from
3800 * #GtkWindow), it will be removed from the list of toplevels, and the
3801 * reference GTK+ holds to it will be removed. Removing a
3802 * widget from its container or the list of toplevels results in the
3803 * widget being finalized, unless you've added additional references
3804 * to the widget with g_object_ref().
3806 * In most cases, only toplevel widgets (windows) require explicit
3807 * destruction, because when you destroy a toplevel its children will
3808 * be destroyed as well.
3811 gtk_widget_destroy (GtkWidget *widget)
3813 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3815 if (!widget->priv->in_destruction)
3816 g_object_run_dispose (G_OBJECT (widget));
3820 * gtk_widget_destroyed:
3821 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3822 * @widget_pointer: (inout) (transfer none): address of a variable that contains @widget
3824 * This function sets *@widget_pointer to %NULL if @widget_pointer !=
3825 * %NULL. It's intended to be used as a callback connected to the
3826 * "destroy" signal of a widget. You connect gtk_widget_destroyed()
3827 * as a signal handler, and pass the address of your widget variable
3828 * as user data. Then when the widget is destroyed, the variable will
3829 * be set to %NULL. Useful for example to avoid multiple copies
3830 * of the same dialog.
3833 gtk_widget_destroyed (GtkWidget *widget,
3834 GtkWidget **widget_pointer)
3836 /* Don't make any assumptions about the
3838 * Even check widget_pointer.
3841 *widget_pointer = NULL;
3846 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3848 * Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn't shown will
3849 * not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a
3850 * container, it's easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the
3851 * container, instead of individually showing the widgets.
3853 * Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget,
3854 * in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.
3856 * When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and
3857 * mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their
3858 * toplevel container is realized and mapped.
3861 gtk_widget_show (GtkWidget *widget)
3863 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3865 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3867 g_object_ref (widget);
3868 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
3870 if (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
3871 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
3873 /* see comment in set_parent() for why this should and can be
3876 if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
3877 widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
3878 widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
3880 if (widget->priv->parent != NULL)
3881 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget->priv->parent);
3884 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SHOW], 0);
3885 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
3887 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
3888 g_object_unref (widget);
3893 gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget)
3895 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3897 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3899 priv->visible = TRUE;
3902 gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
3903 gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
3904 !gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
3905 gtk_widget_map (widget);
3910 gtk_widget_show_map_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gint *flag)
3913 g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (widget,
3914 gtk_widget_show_map_callback,
3919 * gtk_widget_show_now:
3920 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3922 * Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget
3923 * (i.e. a #GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main
3924 * loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful;
3925 * because the main loop is running, anything can happen during
3929 gtk_widget_show_now (GtkWidget *widget)
3933 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3935 /* make sure we will get event */
3936 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget) &&
3937 gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
3939 gtk_widget_show (widget);
3941 g_signal_connect (widget, "map-event",
3942 G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_show_map_callback),
3946 gtk_main_iteration ();
3949 gtk_widget_show (widget);
3954 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3956 * Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
3957 * hidden (invisible to the user).
3960 gtk_widget_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
3962 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3964 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3966 GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
3968 g_object_ref (widget);
3969 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
3971 if (toplevel != widget && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
3972 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
3974 /* a parent may now be expand=FALSE since we're hidden. */
3975 if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
3976 widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
3977 widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
3979 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
3982 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIDE], 0);
3983 if (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
3984 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
3985 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
3987 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
3988 g_object_unref (widget);
3993 gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
3995 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3997 widget->priv->visible = FALSE;
3999 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4000 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
4005 * gtk_widget_hide_on_delete:
4006 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4008 * Utility function; intended to be connected to the #GtkWidget::delete-event
4009 * signal on a #GtkWindow. The function calls gtk_widget_hide() on its
4010 * argument, then returns %TRUE. If connected to ::delete-event, the
4011 * result is that clicking the close button for a window (on the
4012 * window frame, top right corner usually) will hide but not destroy
4013 * the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when ::delete-event
4016 * Return value: %TRUE
4019 gtk_widget_hide_on_delete (GtkWidget *widget)
4021 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
4023 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
4029 * gtk_widget_show_all:
4030 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4032 * Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is
4036 gtk_widget_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
4038 GtkWidgetClass *class;
4040 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4042 if (gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget))
4045 class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
4047 if (class->show_all)
4048 class->show_all (widget);
4052 _gtk_widget_notify_state_change (GtkWidget *widget,
4060 case GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE:
4061 state = GTK_STATE_ACTIVE;
4063 case GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT:
4064 state = GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT;
4066 case GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED:
4067 state = GTK_STATE_SELECTED;
4069 case GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE:
4070 state = GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
4072 case GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT:
4073 state = GTK_STATE_INCONSISTENT;
4075 case GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED:
4076 state = GTK_STATE_FOCUSED;
4082 gtk_style_context_notify_state_change (widget->priv->context,
4083 gtk_widget_get_window (widget),
4084 NULL, state, target);
4087 /* Initializes state transitions for those states that
4088 * were enabled before mapping and have a looping animation.
4091 _gtk_widget_start_state_transitions (GtkWidget *widget)
4093 GtkStateFlags state, flag;
4095 if (!widget->priv->context)
4098 state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
4099 flag = GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
4103 GtkAnimationDescription *animation_desc;
4105 if ((state & flag) == 0)
4111 gtk_style_context_get (widget->priv->context, state,
4112 "transition", &animation_desc,
4117 if (_gtk_animation_description_get_loop (animation_desc))
4118 _gtk_widget_notify_state_change (widget, flag, TRUE);
4120 _gtk_animation_description_unref (animation_desc);
4129 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4131 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
4132 * a widget to be mapped if it isn't already.
4135 gtk_widget_map (GtkWidget *widget)
4137 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4139 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4140 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget));
4141 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget));
4143 priv = widget->priv;
4145 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4147 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4149 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4150 gtk_widget_realize (widget);
4152 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[MAP], 0);
4154 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4155 gdk_window_invalidate_rect (priv->window, &priv->allocation, FALSE);
4157 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4159 _gtk_widget_start_state_transitions (widget);
4165 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4167 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
4168 * a widget to be unmapped if it's currently mapped.
4171 gtk_widget_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
4173 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4175 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4177 priv = widget->priv;
4179 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4181 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4183 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4184 gdk_window_invalidate_rect (priv->window, &priv->allocation, FALSE);
4185 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
4186 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNMAP], 0);
4188 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4191 gtk_style_context_cancel_animations (priv->context, NULL);
4193 /* Unset pointer/window info */
4194 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window, NULL);
4199 _gtk_widget_enable_device_events (GtkWidget *widget)
4201 GHashTable *device_events;
4202 GHashTableIter iter;
4203 gpointer key, value;
4205 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
4210 g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, device_events);
4212 while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value))
4215 GdkEventMask event_mask;
4218 event_mask = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (value);
4219 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, device, event_mask);
4224 get_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget)
4226 GList *window_list, *last, *l, *children, *ret;
4228 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4229 window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
4231 window_list = gdk_window_peek_children (gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
4233 last = g_list_last (window_list);
4236 for (l = window_list; l; l = l->next)
4238 GtkWidget *window_widget = NULL;
4240 gdk_window_get_user_data (l->data, (gpointer *) &window_widget);
4242 if (widget != window_widget)
4245 ret = g_list_prepend (ret, l->data);
4246 children = gdk_window_peek_children (GDK_WINDOW (l->data));
4250 last = g_list_concat (last, children);
4251 last = g_list_last (last);
4255 g_list_free (window_list);
4261 device_enable_foreach (GtkWidget *widget,
4264 GdkDevice *device = user_data;
4265 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, TRUE);
4269 device_disable_foreach (GtkWidget *widget,
4272 GdkDevice *device = user_data;
4273 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, FALSE);
4277 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
4282 GList *window_list, *l;
4284 window_list = get_widget_windows (widget);
4286 for (l = window_list; l; l = l->next)
4288 GdkEventMask events = 0;
4294 events = gdk_window_get_events (window);
4296 gdk_window_set_device_events (window, device, events);
4299 if (recurse && GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
4302 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), device_enable_foreach, device);
4304 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), device_disable_foreach, device);
4307 g_list_free (window_list);
4311 gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
4314 GList *enabled_devices, *l;
4316 enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
4318 for (l = enabled_devices; l; l = l->next)
4319 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, GDK_DEVICE (l->data), recurse, TRUE);
4323 * gtk_widget_realize:
4324 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4326 * Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
4327 * widget. For example, @widget->window will be created when a widget
4328 * is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show
4329 * a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
4330 * realized and mapped automatically.
4332 * Realizing a widget requires all
4333 * the widget's parent widgets to be realized; calling
4334 * gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget's parents in addition to
4335 * @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a toplevel window
4336 * when you realize it, bad things will happen.
4338 * This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and
4339 * isn't very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might
4340 * need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be
4341 * called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
4342 * #GtkWidget::expose-event. Or simply g_signal_connect () to the
4343 * #GtkWidget::realize signal.
4346 gtk_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
4348 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4349 cairo_region_t *region;
4351 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4352 g_return_if_fail (widget->priv->anchored ||
4353 GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (widget));
4355 priv = widget->priv;
4357 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4359 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4362 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4363 g_message ("gtk_widget_realize(%s)", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
4366 if (priv->parent == NULL &&
4367 !gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
4368 g_warning ("Calling gtk_widget_realize() on a widget that isn't "
4369 "inside a toplevel window is not going to work very well. "
4370 "Widgets must be inside a toplevel container before realizing them.");
4372 if (priv->parent && !gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
4373 gtk_widget_realize (priv->parent);
4375 gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
4377 if (priv->style_update_pending)
4378 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED], 0);
4380 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[REALIZE], 0);
4382 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
4383 GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip)),
4386 if (priv->has_shape_mask)
4388 region = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info);
4389 gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
4392 region = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info);
4394 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
4396 if (priv->multidevice)
4397 gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (priv->window, TRUE);
4399 _gtk_widget_enable_device_events (widget);
4400 gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (widget, TRUE);
4402 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4407 * gtk_widget_unrealize:
4408 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4410 * This function is only useful in widget implementations.
4411 * Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
4412 * associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).
4415 gtk_widget_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
4417 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4419 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4421 if (widget->priv->has_shape_mask)
4422 gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL);
4424 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info))
4425 gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL);
4427 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4429 g_object_ref (widget);
4431 if (widget->priv->mapped)
4432 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
4434 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNREALIZE], 0);
4435 g_assert (!widget->priv->mapped);
4436 gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, FALSE);
4438 g_object_unref (widget);
4441 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4444 /*****************************************
4446 *****************************************/
4449 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_region:
4450 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4451 * @region: region to draw
4453 * Invalidates the rectangular area of @widget defined by @region by
4454 * calling gdk_window_invalidate_region() on the widget's window and
4455 * all its child windows. Once the main loop becomes idle (after the
4456 * current batch of events has been processed, roughly), the window
4457 * will receive expose events for the union of all regions that have
4460 * Normally you would only use this function in widget
4461 * implementations. You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a
4462 * #GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof.
4467 gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (GtkWidget *widget,
4468 cairo_region_t *region)
4470 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4473 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4475 priv = widget->priv;
4477 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4480 /* Just return if the widget or one of its ancestors isn't mapped */
4481 for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->priv->parent)
4482 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (w))
4485 gdk_window_invalidate_region (priv->window, region, TRUE);
4489 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area:
4490 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4491 * @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
4492 * @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
4493 * @width: width of region to draw
4494 * @height: height of region to draw
4496 * Convenience function that calls gtk_widget_queue_draw_region() on
4497 * the region created from the given coordinates.
4499 * The region here is specified in widget coordinates.
4500 * Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
4501 * defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
4502 * #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
4503 * @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
4506 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (GtkWidget *widget,
4513 cairo_region_t *region;
4515 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4520 rect.height = height;
4522 region = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
4523 gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (widget, region);
4524 cairo_region_destroy (region);
4528 * gtk_widget_queue_draw:
4529 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4531 * Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the
4532 * entire area of a widget.
4535 gtk_widget_queue_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
4539 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4541 gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
4543 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4544 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
4545 rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height);
4547 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
4548 0, 0, rect.width, rect.height);
4552 * gtk_widget_queue_resize:
4553 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4555 * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
4556 * Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should
4557 * be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request.
4558 * For example, when you change the text in a #GtkLabel, #GtkLabel
4559 * queues a resize to ensure there's enough space for the new text.
4561 * <note><para>You cannot call gtk_widget_queue_resize() on a widget
4562 * from inside it's implementation of the GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate
4563 * virtual method. Calls to gtk_widget_queue_resize() from inside
4564 * GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate will be silently ignored.</para></note>
4567 gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
4569 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4571 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4572 gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
4574 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, 0);
4578 * gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw:
4579 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4581 * This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(),
4582 * except that the widget is not invalidated.
4587 gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget)
4589 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4591 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, 0);
4595 * gtk_widget_size_request:
4596 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4597 * @requisition: (out): a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
4599 * This function is typically used when implementing a #GtkContainer
4600 * subclass. Obtains the preferred size of a widget. The container
4601 * uses this information to arrange its child widgets and decide what
4602 * size allocations to give them with gtk_widget_size_allocate().
4604 * You can also call this function from an application, with some
4605 * caveats. Most notably, getting a size request requires the widget
4606 * to be associated with a screen, because font information may be
4607 * needed. Multihead-aware applications should keep this in mind.
4609 * Also remember that the size request is not necessarily the size
4610 * a widget will actually be allocated.
4612 * Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead.
4615 gtk_widget_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
4616 GtkRequisition *requisition)
4618 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4620 gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
4624 * gtk_widget_get_child_requisition:
4625 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4626 * @requisition: (out): a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
4628 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains
4629 * @widget->requisition, unless someone has forced a particular
4630 * geometry on the widget (e.g. with gtk_widget_set_size_request()),
4631 * in which case it returns that geometry instead of the widget's
4634 * This function differs from gtk_widget_size_request() in that
4635 * it retrieves the last size request value from @widget->requisition,
4636 * while gtk_widget_size_request() actually calls the "size_request" method
4637 * on @widget to compute the size request and fill in @widget->requisition,
4638 * and only then returns @widget->requisition.
4640 * Because this function does not call the "size_request" method, it
4641 * can only be used when you know that @widget->requisition is
4642 * up-to-date, that is, gtk_widget_size_request() has been called
4643 * since the last time a resize was queued. In general, only container
4644 * implementations have this information; applications should use
4645 * gtk_widget_size_request().
4648 * Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead.
4651 gtk_widget_get_child_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
4652 GtkRequisition *requisition)
4654 gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
4658 invalidate_predicate (GdkWindow *window,
4663 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
4665 return (user_data == data);
4668 /* Invalidate @region in widget->window and all children
4669 * of widget->window owned by widget. @region is in the
4670 * same coordinates as widget->allocation and will be
4671 * modified by this call.
4674 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
4675 cairo_region_t *region)
4677 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
4679 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4682 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) && priv->parent)
4686 gdk_window_get_position (priv->window, &x, &y);
4687 cairo_region_translate (region, -x, -y);
4690 gdk_window_invalidate_maybe_recurse (priv->window, region,
4691 invalidate_predicate, widget);
4695 * gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw:
4696 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4698 * Like gtk_widget_queue_draw(), but only windows owned
4699 * by @widget are invalidated.
4702 gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
4705 cairo_region_t *region;
4707 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4710 gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
4712 region = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
4713 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, region);
4714 cairo_region_destroy (region);
4718 * gtk_widget_size_allocate:
4719 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4720 * @allocation: position and size to be allocated to @widget
4722 * This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
4723 * and position to their child widgets.
4725 * In this function, the allocation may be adjusted. It will be forced
4726 * to a 1x1 minimum size, and the adjust_size_allocation virtual
4727 * method on the child will be used to adjust the allocation. Standard
4728 * adjustments include removing the widget's margins, and applying the
4729 * widget's #GtkWidget:halign and #GtkWidget:valign properties.
4732 gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
4733 GtkAllocation *allocation)
4735 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4736 GdkRectangle real_allocation;
4737 GdkRectangle old_allocation;
4738 GdkRectangle adjusted_allocation;
4739 gboolean alloc_needed;
4740 gboolean size_changed;
4741 gboolean position_changed;
4742 gint natural_width, natural_height, dummy;
4743 gint min_width, min_height;
4745 priv = widget->priv;
4747 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4749 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4751 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
4752 if (gtk_get_debug_flags () & GTK_DEBUG_GEOMETRY)
4763 parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
4766 name = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (G_OBJECT (widget)));
4767 g_print ("gtk_widget_size_allocate: %*s%s %d %d\n",
4768 2 * depth, " ", name,
4769 allocation->width, allocation->height);
4771 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
4773 alloc_needed = priv->alloc_needed;
4774 if (!priv->width_request_needed && !priv->height_request_needed)
4775 /* Preserve request/allocate ordering */
4776 priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
4778 old_allocation = priv->allocation;
4779 real_allocation = *allocation;
4781 adjusted_allocation = real_allocation;
4782 if (gtk_widget_get_request_mode (widget) == GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH)
4784 /* Go ahead and request the height for allocated width, note that the internals
4785 * of get_height_for_width will internally limit the for_size to natural size
4786 * when aligning implicitly.
4788 gtk_widget_get_preferred_width (widget, &min_width, &natural_width);
4789 gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_for_width (widget, real_allocation.width, &dummy, &natural_height);
4793 /* Go ahead and request the width for allocated height, note that the internals
4794 * of get_width_for_height will internally limit the for_size to natural size
4795 * when aligning implicitly.
4797 gtk_widget_get_preferred_height (widget, &min_height, &natural_height);
4798 gtk_widget_get_preferred_width_for_height (widget, real_allocation.height, &dummy, &natural_width);
4801 /* Now that we have the right natural height and width, go ahead and remove any margins from the
4802 * allocated sizes and possibly limit them to the natural sizes */
4803 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->adjust_size_allocation (widget,
4804 GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL,
4807 &adjusted_allocation.x,
4808 &adjusted_allocation.width);
4809 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->adjust_size_allocation (widget,
4810 GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL,
4813 &adjusted_allocation.y,
4814 &adjusted_allocation.height);
4816 if (adjusted_allocation.x < real_allocation.x ||
4817 adjusted_allocation.y < real_allocation.y ||
4818 (adjusted_allocation.x + adjusted_allocation.width) >
4819 (real_allocation.x + real_allocation.width) ||
4820 (adjusted_allocation.y + adjusted_allocation.height >
4821 real_allocation.y + real_allocation.height))
4823 g_warning ("%s %p attempted to adjust its size allocation from %d,%d %dx%d to %d,%d %dx%d. adjust_size_allocation must keep allocation inside original bounds",
4824 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
4825 real_allocation.x, real_allocation.y, real_allocation.width, real_allocation.height,
4826 adjusted_allocation.x, adjusted_allocation.y, adjusted_allocation.width, adjusted_allocation.height);
4827 adjusted_allocation = real_allocation; /* veto it */
4831 real_allocation = adjusted_allocation;
4834 if (real_allocation.width < 0 || real_allocation.height < 0)
4836 g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to allocate widget with width %d and height %d",
4837 real_allocation.width,
4838 real_allocation.height);
4841 real_allocation.width = MAX (real_allocation.width, 1);
4842 real_allocation.height = MAX (real_allocation.height, 1);
4844 size_changed = (old_allocation.width != real_allocation.width ||
4845 old_allocation.height != real_allocation.height);
4846 position_changed = (old_allocation.x != real_allocation.x ||
4847 old_allocation.y != real_allocation.y);
4849 if (!alloc_needed && !size_changed && !position_changed)
4852 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE], 0, &real_allocation);
4854 /* Size allocation is god... after consulting god, no further requests or allocations are needed */
4855 priv->width_request_needed = FALSE;
4856 priv->height_request_needed = FALSE;
4857 priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
4859 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4861 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) && priv->redraw_on_alloc && position_changed)
4863 /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,priv->allocation) in priv->window
4865 cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->allocation);
4866 cairo_region_union_rectangle (invalidate, &old_allocation);
4868 gdk_window_invalidate_region (priv->window, invalidate, FALSE);
4869 cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
4874 if (priv->redraw_on_alloc)
4876 /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,priv->allocation) in priv->window and descendents owned by widget
4878 cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->allocation);
4879 cairo_region_union_rectangle (invalidate, &old_allocation);
4881 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, invalidate);
4882 cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
4886 if (size_changed || position_changed)
4888 GtkStyleContext *context;
4890 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
4891 _gtk_style_context_invalidate_animation_areas (context);
4895 if ((size_changed || position_changed) && priv->parent &&
4896 gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent) && _gtk_container_get_reallocate_redraws (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent)))
4898 cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->parent->priv->allocation);
4899 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (priv->parent, invalidate);
4900 cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
4904 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4908 * gtk_widget_common_ancestor:
4909 * @widget_a: a #GtkWidget
4910 * @widget_b: a #GtkWidget
4912 * Find the common ancestor of @widget_a and @widget_b that
4913 * is closest to the two widgets.
4915 * Return value: the closest common ancestor of @widget_a and
4916 * @widget_b or %NULL if @widget_a and @widget_b do not
4917 * share a common ancestor.
4920 gtk_widget_common_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget_a,
4921 GtkWidget *widget_b)
4923 GtkWidget *parent_a;
4924 GtkWidget *parent_b;
4928 parent_a = widget_a;
4929 while (parent_a->priv->parent)
4931 parent_a = parent_a->priv->parent;
4935 parent_b = widget_b;
4936 while (parent_b->priv->parent)
4938 parent_b = parent_b->priv->parent;
4942 if (parent_a != parent_b)
4945 while (depth_a > depth_b)
4947 widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
4951 while (depth_b > depth_a)
4953 widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
4957 while (widget_a != widget_b)
4959 widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
4960 widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
4967 * gtk_widget_translate_coordinates:
4968 * @src_widget: a #GtkWidget
4969 * @dest_widget: a #GtkWidget
4970 * @src_x: X position relative to @src_widget
4971 * @src_y: Y position relative to @src_widget
4972 * @dest_x: (out): location to store X position relative to @dest_widget
4973 * @dest_y: (out): location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget
4975 * Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget's allocation to coordinates
4976 * relative to @dest_widget's allocations. In order to perform this
4977 * operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common
4980 * Return value: %FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there
4981 * was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in
4982 * *@dest_x and *@dest_y. Otherwise %TRUE.
4985 gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (GtkWidget *src_widget,
4986 GtkWidget *dest_widget,
4992 GtkWidgetPrivate *src_priv = src_widget->priv;
4993 GtkWidgetPrivate *dest_priv = dest_widget->priv;
4994 GtkWidget *ancestor;
4996 GList *dest_list = NULL;
4998 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (src_widget), FALSE);
4999 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (dest_widget), FALSE);
5001 ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (src_widget, dest_widget);
5002 if (!ancestor || !gtk_widget_get_realized (src_widget) || !gtk_widget_get_realized (dest_widget))
5005 /* Translate from allocation relative to window relative */
5006 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (src_widget) && src_priv->parent)
5009 gdk_window_get_position (src_priv->window, &wx, &wy);
5011 src_x -= wx - src_priv->allocation.x;
5012 src_y -= wy - src_priv->allocation.y;
5016 src_x += src_priv->allocation.x;
5017 src_y += src_priv->allocation.y;
5020 /* Translate to the common ancestor */
5021 window = src_priv->window;
5022 while (window != ancestor->priv->window)
5026 gdk_window_coords_to_parent (window, src_x, src_y, &dx, &dy);
5031 window = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (window);
5033 if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
5038 window = dest_priv->window;
5039 while (window != ancestor->priv->window)
5041 dest_list = g_list_prepend (dest_list, window);
5043 window = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (window);
5045 if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
5047 g_list_free (dest_list);
5056 gdk_window_coords_from_parent (dest_list->data, src_x, src_y, &dx, &dy);
5061 dest_list = g_list_remove (dest_list, dest_list->data);
5064 /* Translate from window relative to allocation relative */
5065 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (dest_widget) && dest_priv->parent)
5068 gdk_window_get_position (dest_priv->window, &wx, &wy);
5070 src_x += wx - dest_priv->allocation.x;
5071 src_y += wy - dest_priv->allocation.y;
5075 src_x -= dest_priv->allocation.x;
5076 src_y -= dest_priv->allocation.y;
5088 gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
5089 GtkAllocation *allocation)
5091 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
5093 priv->allocation = *allocation;
5095 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) &&
5096 gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
5098 gdk_window_move_resize (priv->window,
5099 allocation->x, allocation->y,
5100 allocation->width, allocation->height);
5105 adjust_for_align(GtkAlign align,
5107 gint *allocated_pos,
5108 gint *allocated_size)
5112 case GTK_ALIGN_FILL:
5113 /* change nothing */
5115 case GTK_ALIGN_START:
5116 /* keep *allocated_pos where it is */
5117 *allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
5120 if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
5122 *allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size);
5123 *allocated_size = *natural_size;
5126 case GTK_ALIGN_CENTER:
5127 if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
5129 *allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size) / 2;
5130 *allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
5137 adjust_for_margin(gint start_margin,
5141 gint *allocated_pos,
5142 gint *allocated_size)
5144 *minimum_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
5145 *natural_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
5146 *allocated_pos += start_margin;
5147 *allocated_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
5151 gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
5152 GtkOrientation orientation,
5155 gint *allocated_pos,
5156 gint *allocated_size)
5158 const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
5160 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
5162 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
5164 adjust_for_margin (aux_info->margin.left,
5165 aux_info->margin.right,
5166 minimum_size, natural_size,
5167 allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5168 adjust_for_align (aux_info->halign,
5169 natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5173 adjust_for_margin (aux_info->margin.top,
5174 aux_info->margin.bottom,
5175 minimum_size, natural_size,
5176 allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5177 adjust_for_align (aux_info->valign,
5178 natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5183 gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
5186 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
5188 /* widgets must be onscreen for accels to take effect */
5189 return gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) &&
5190 gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget) &&
5191 gdk_window_is_viewable (priv->window);
5195 * gtk_widget_can_activate_accel:
5196 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5197 * @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
5199 * Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
5200 * identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
5201 * This is done by emitting the #GtkWidget::can-activate-accel
5202 * signal on @widget; if the signal isn't overridden by a
5203 * handler or in a derived widget, then the default check is
5204 * that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all
5205 * its ancestors mapped.
5207 * Return value: %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.
5212 gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
5215 gboolean can_activate = FALSE;
5216 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5217 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL], 0, signal_id, &can_activate);
5218 return can_activate;
5227 closure_accel_activate (GClosure *closure,
5228 GValue *return_value,
5229 guint n_param_values,
5230 const GValue *param_values,
5231 gpointer invocation_hint,
5232 gpointer marshal_data)
5234 AccelClosure *aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
5235 gboolean can_activate = gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id);
5238 g_signal_emit (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id, 0);
5240 /* whether accelerator was handled */
5241 g_value_set_boolean (return_value, can_activate);
5245 closures_destroy (gpointer data)
5247 GSList *slist, *closures = data;
5249 for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
5251 g_closure_invalidate (slist->data);
5252 g_closure_unref (slist->data);
5254 g_slist_free (closures);
5258 widget_new_accel_closure (GtkWidget *widget,
5261 AccelClosure *aclosure;
5262 GClosure *closure = NULL;
5263 GSList *slist, *closures;
5265 closures = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures);
5266 for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
5267 if (!gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
5269 /* reuse this closure */
5270 closure = slist->data;
5275 closure = g_closure_new_object (sizeof (AccelClosure), G_OBJECT (widget));
5276 closures = g_slist_prepend (closures, g_closure_ref (closure));
5277 g_closure_sink (closure);
5278 g_closure_set_marshal (closure, closure_accel_activate);
5280 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, closures, closures_destroy);
5282 aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
5283 g_assert (closure->data == widget);
5284 g_assert (closure->marshal == closure_accel_activate);
5285 aclosure->signal_id = signal_id;
5291 * gtk_widget_add_accelerator
5292 * @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
5293 * @accel_signal: widget signal to emit on accelerator activation
5294 * @accel_group: accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel
5295 * @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
5296 * @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
5297 * @accel_flags: flag accelerators, e.g. %GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE
5299 * Installs an accelerator for this @widget in @accel_group that causes
5300 * @accel_signal to be emitted if the accelerator is activated.
5301 * The @accel_group needs to be added to the widget's toplevel via
5302 * gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type %G_RUN_ACTION.
5303 * Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during
5304 * runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the
5305 * user, use gtk_accel_map_add_entry() and gtk_widget_set_accel_path() or
5306 * gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.
5309 gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
5310 const gchar *accel_signal,
5311 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
5313 GdkModifierType accel_mods,
5314 GtkAccelFlags accel_flags)
5319 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5320 g_return_if_fail (accel_signal != NULL);
5321 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
5323 g_signal_query (g_signal_lookup (accel_signal, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)), &query);
5324 if (!query.signal_id ||
5325 !(query.signal_flags & G_SIGNAL_ACTION) ||
5326 query.return_type != G_TYPE_NONE ||
5329 /* hmm, should be elaborate enough */
5330 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget `%s' has no activatable signal \"%s\" without arguments",
5331 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), accel_signal);
5335 closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, query.signal_id);
5337 g_object_ref (widget);
5339 /* install the accelerator. since we don't map this onto an accel_path,
5340 * the accelerator will automatically be locked.
5342 gtk_accel_group_connect (accel_group,
5345 accel_flags | GTK_ACCEL_LOCKED,
5348 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
5350 g_object_unref (widget);
5354 * gtk_widget_remove_accelerator:
5355 * @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
5356 * @accel_group: accel group for this widget
5357 * @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
5358 * @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
5359 * @returns: whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed
5361 * Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with
5362 * gtk_widget_add_accelerator().
5365 gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
5366 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
5368 GdkModifierType accel_mods)
5370 GtkAccelGroupEntry *ag_entry;
5371 GList *slist, *clist;
5374 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5375 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group), FALSE);
5377 ag_entry = gtk_accel_group_query (accel_group, accel_key, accel_mods, &n);
5378 clist = gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (widget);
5379 for (slist = clist; slist; slist = slist->next)
5383 for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
5384 if (slist->data == (gpointer) ag_entry[i].closure)
5386 gboolean is_removed = gtk_accel_group_disconnect (accel_group, slist->data);
5388 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
5390 g_list_free (clist);
5395 g_list_free (clist);
5397 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": no accelerator (%u,%u) installed in accel group (%p) for %s (%p)",
5398 accel_key, accel_mods, accel_group,
5399 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
5405 * gtk_widget_list_accel_closures:
5406 * @widget: widget to list accelerator closures for
5408 * Lists the closures used by @widget for accelerator group connections
5409 * with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect().
5410 * The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on @widget,
5411 * by connecting to the @GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed signal of the
5412 * #GtkAccelGroup of a closure which can be found out with
5413 * gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().
5415 * Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GClosure):
5416 * a newly allocated #GList of closures
5419 gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (GtkWidget *widget)
5422 GList *clist = NULL;
5424 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
5426 for (slist = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures); slist; slist = slist->next)
5427 if (gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
5428 clist = g_list_prepend (clist, slist->data);
5434 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
5439 destroy_accel_path (gpointer data)
5441 AccelPath *apath = data;
5443 gtk_accel_group_disconnect (apath->accel_group, apath->closure);
5445 /* closures_destroy takes care of unrefing the closure */
5446 g_object_unref (apath->accel_group);
5448 g_slice_free (AccelPath, apath);
5453 * gtk_widget_set_accel_path:
5454 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5455 * @accel_path: (allow-none): path used to look up the accelerator
5456 * @accel_group: (allow-none): a #GtkAccelGroup.
5458 * Given an accelerator group, @accel_group, and an accelerator path,
5459 * @accel_path, sets up an accelerator in @accel_group so whenever the
5460 * key binding that is defined for @accel_path is pressed, @widget
5461 * will be activated. This removes any accelerators (for any
5462 * accelerator group) installed by previous calls to
5463 * gtk_widget_set_accel_path(). Associating accelerators with
5464 * paths allows them to be modified by the user and the modifications
5465 * to be saved for future use. (See gtk_accel_map_save().)
5467 * This function is a low level function that would most likely
5468 * be used by a menu creation system like #GtkUIManager. If you
5469 * use #GtkUIManager, setting up accelerator paths will be done
5472 * Even when you you aren't using #GtkUIManager, if you only want to
5473 * set up accelerators on menu items gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path()
5474 * provides a somewhat more convenient interface.
5476 * Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you
5477 * pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with
5478 * g_intern_static_string().
5481 gtk_widget_set_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
5482 const gchar *accel_path,
5483 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group)
5487 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5488 g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal != 0);
5492 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
5493 g_return_if_fail (_gtk_accel_path_is_valid (accel_path));
5495 gtk_accel_map_add_entry (accel_path, 0, 0);
5496 apath = g_slice_new (AccelPath);
5497 apath->accel_group = g_object_ref (accel_group);
5498 apath->path_quark = g_quark_from_string (accel_path);
5499 apath->closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal);
5504 /* also removes possible old settings */
5505 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, apath, destroy_accel_path);
5508 gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path (apath->accel_group, g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark), apath->closure);
5510 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
5514 _gtk_widget_get_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
5519 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
5521 apath = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path);
5523 *locked = apath ? gtk_accel_group_get_is_locked (apath->accel_group) : TRUE;
5524 return apath ? g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark) : NULL;
5528 * gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate:
5529 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5530 * @group_cycling: %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic
5532 * Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.
5534 * The default handler for this signal activates the @widget if
5535 * @group_cycling is %FALSE, and just grabs the focus if @group_cycling
5538 * Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
5541 gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
5542 gboolean group_cycling)
5546 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5548 group_cycling = group_cycling != FALSE;
5549 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
5552 g_signal_emit (widget,
5553 widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE],
5561 gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
5562 gboolean group_cycling)
5564 if (!group_cycling && GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
5565 gtk_widget_activate (widget);
5566 else if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
5567 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
5570 g_warning ("widget `%s' isn't suitable for mnemonic activation",
5571 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
5572 gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
5577 static const cairo_user_data_key_t event_key;
5580 _gtk_cairo_get_event (cairo_t *cr)
5582 g_return_val_if_fail (cr != NULL, NULL);
5584 return cairo_get_user_data (cr, &event_key);
5588 gtk_cairo_set_event (cairo_t *cr,
5589 GdkEventExpose *event)
5591 cairo_set_user_data (cr, &event_key, event, NULL);
5595 * gtk_cairo_should_draw_window:
5596 * @cr: a cairo context
5597 * @window: the window to check
5599 * This function is supposed to be called in #GtkWidget::draw
5600 * implementations for widgets that support multiple windows.
5601 * @cr must be untransformed from invoking of the draw function.
5602 * This function will return %TRUE if the contents of the given
5603 * @window are supposed to be drawn and %FALSE otherwise. Note
5604 * that when the drawing was not initiated by the windowing
5605 * system this function will return %TRUE for all windows, so
5606 * you need to draw the bottommost window first. Also, do not
5607 * use "else if" statements to check which window should be drawn.
5609 * Returns: %TRUE if @window should be drawn
5614 gtk_cairo_should_draw_window (cairo_t *cr,
5617 GdkEventExpose *event;
5619 g_return_val_if_fail (cr != NULL, FALSE);
5620 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_WINDOW (window), FALSE);
5622 event = _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr);
5624 return event == NULL ||
5625 event->window == window;
5628 /* code shared by gtk_container_propagate_draw() and
5632 _gtk_widget_draw_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
5634 gboolean clip_to_size)
5636 GtkStyleContext *context;
5638 if (!gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
5643 cairo_rectangle (cr,
5645 widget->priv->allocation.width,
5646 widget->priv->allocation.height);
5650 if (gdk_cairo_get_clip_rectangle (cr, NULL))
5654 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DRAW],
5659 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
5660 _gtk_style_context_coalesce_animation_areas (context, widget);
5665 * @widget: the widget to draw. It must be drawable (see
5666 * gtk_widget_is_drawable()) and a size must have been allocated.
5667 * @cr: a cairo context to draw to
5669 * Draws @widget to @cr. The top left corner of the widget will be
5670 * drawn to the currently set origin point of @cr.
5672 * You should pass a cairo context as @cr argument that is in an
5673 * original state. Otherwise the resulting drawing is undefined. For
5674 * example changing the operator using cairo_set_operator() or the
5675 * line width using cairo_set_line_width() might have unwanted side
5677 * You may however change the context's transform matrix - like with
5678 * cairo_scale(), cairo_translate() or cairo_set_matrix() and clip
5679 * region with cairo_clip() prior to calling this function. Also, it
5680 * is fine to modify the context with cairo_save() and
5681 * cairo_push_group() prior to calling this function.
5683 * <note><para>Special purpose widgets may contain special code for
5684 * rendering to the screen and might appear differently on screen
5685 * and when rendered using gtk_widget_draw().</para></note>
5690 gtk_widget_draw (GtkWidget *widget,
5693 GdkEventExpose *tmp_event;
5695 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5696 g_return_if_fail (!widget->priv->alloc_needed);
5697 g_return_if_fail (cr != NULL);
5700 /* We have to reset the event here so that draw functions can call
5701 * gtk_widget_draw() on random other widgets and get the desired
5702 * effect: Drawing all contents, not just the current window.
5704 tmp_event = _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr);
5705 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, NULL);
5707 _gtk_widget_draw_internal (widget, cr, TRUE);
5709 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, tmp_event);
5714 gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5717 return gtk_bindings_activate_event (G_OBJECT (widget), event);
5721 gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5724 return gtk_bindings_activate_event (G_OBJECT (widget), event);
5728 gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5729 GdkEventFocus *event)
5731 gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
5737 gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5738 GdkEventFocus *event)
5740 gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
5745 #define WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT(widget, event) \
5746 (event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE || gtk_widget_get_realized(widget))
5750 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5751 * @event: a #GdkEvent
5753 * Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
5754 * the event signals on a widget (those signals should never
5755 * be emitted without using this function to do so).
5756 * If you want to synthesize an event though, don't use this function;
5757 * instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if
5758 * it were in the event queue. Don't synthesize expose events; instead,
5759 * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() to invalidate a region of the
5762 * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
5763 * the event was handled)
5766 gtk_widget_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5769 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
5770 g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
5772 if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
5774 g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
5775 "the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
5776 "followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
5780 return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
5783 /* Returns TRUE if a translation should be done */
5785 _gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (GtkWidget *widget,
5790 GdkWindow *w, *widget_window;
5792 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
5794 *x = -widget->priv->allocation.x;
5795 *y = -widget->priv->allocation.y;
5803 widget_window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
5805 for (w = window; w && w != widget_window; w = gdk_window_get_parent (w))
5808 gdk_window_get_position (w, &wx, &wy);
5825 * gtk_cairo_transform_to_window:
5826 * @cr: the cairo context to transform
5827 * @widget: the widget the context is currently centered for
5828 * @window: the window to transform the context to
5830 * Transforms the given cairo context @cr that from @widget-relative
5831 * coordinates to @window-relative coordinates.
5832 * If the @widget's window is not an ancestor of @window, no
5833 * modification will be applied.
5835 * This is the inverse to the transformation GTK applies when
5836 * preparing an expose event to be emitted with the #GtkWidget::draw
5837 * signal. It is intended to help porting multiwindow widgets from
5838 * GTK+ 2 to the rendering architecture of GTK+ 3.
5843 gtk_cairo_transform_to_window (cairo_t *cr,
5849 g_return_if_fail (cr != NULL);
5850 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5851 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
5853 if (_gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (widget, window, &x, &y))
5854 cairo_translate (cr, x, y);
5858 * gtk_widget_send_expose:
5859 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5860 * @event: a expose #GdkEvent
5862 * Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
5863 * an expose event on a widget. This function is not normally used
5864 * directly. The only time it is used is when propagating an expose
5865 * event to a child %NO_WINDOW widget, and that is normally done
5866 * using gtk_container_propagate_draw().
5868 * If you want to force an area of a window to be redrawn,
5869 * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or gdk_window_invalidate_region().
5870 * To cause the redraw to be done immediately, follow that call
5871 * with a call to gdk_window_process_updates().
5873 * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
5874 * the event was handled)
5877 gtk_widget_send_expose (GtkWidget *widget,
5880 gboolean result = FALSE;
5885 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
5886 g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget), TRUE);
5887 g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, TRUE);
5888 g_return_val_if_fail (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE, TRUE);
5890 cr = gdk_cairo_create (event->expose.window);
5891 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, &event->expose);
5893 gdk_cairo_region (cr, event->expose.region);
5896 do_clip = _gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (widget,
5897 event->expose.window,
5899 cairo_translate (cr, -x, -y);
5901 _gtk_widget_draw_internal (widget, cr, do_clip);
5903 /* unset here, so if someone keeps a reference to cr we
5904 * don't leak the window. */
5905 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, NULL);
5912 event_window_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event)
5914 /* Check that we think the event's window is viewable before
5915 * delivering the event, to prevent suprises. We do this here
5916 * at the last moment, since the event may have been queued
5917 * up behind other events, held over a recursive main loop, etc.
5919 switch (event->type)
5922 case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
5923 case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
5924 case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
5925 case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
5927 case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
5928 case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
5930 return event->any.window && gdk_window_is_viewable (event->any.window);
5933 /* The following events are the second half of paired events;
5934 * we always deliver them to deal with widgets that clean up
5935 * on the second half.
5937 case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
5938 case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
5939 case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
5940 case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
5944 /* Remaining events would make sense on an not-viewable window,
5945 * or don't have an associated window.
5952 gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
5955 gboolean return_val = FALSE;
5957 /* We check only once for is-still-visible; if someone
5958 * hides the window in on of the signals on the widget,
5959 * they are responsible for returning TRUE to terminate
5962 if (!event_window_is_still_viewable (event))
5965 g_object_ref (widget);
5967 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT], 0, event, &return_val);
5968 return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
5973 switch (event->type)
5978 case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
5979 case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
5980 case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
5981 signal_num = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
5984 signal_num = SCROLL_EVENT;
5986 case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
5987 signal_num = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
5989 case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
5990 signal_num = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
5993 signal_num = DELETE_EVENT;
5996 signal_num = DESTROY_EVENT;
5997 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
6000 signal_num = KEY_PRESS_EVENT;
6002 case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
6003 signal_num = KEY_RELEASE_EVENT;
6005 case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
6006 signal_num = ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6008 case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
6009 signal_num = LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6011 case GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE:
6012 signal_num = event->focus_change.in ? FOCUS_IN_EVENT : FOCUS_OUT_EVENT;
6013 if (event->focus_change.in)
6014 _gtk_tooltip_focus_in (widget);
6016 _gtk_tooltip_focus_out (widget);
6019 signal_num = CONFIGURE_EVENT;
6022 signal_num = MAP_EVENT;
6025 signal_num = UNMAP_EVENT;
6027 case GDK_WINDOW_STATE:
6028 signal_num = WINDOW_STATE_EVENT;
6030 case GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY:
6031 signal_num = PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6033 case GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR:
6034 signal_num = SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT;
6036 case GDK_SELECTION_REQUEST:
6037 signal_num = SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT;
6039 case GDK_SELECTION_NOTIFY:
6040 signal_num = SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6042 case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
6043 signal_num = PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT;
6045 case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
6046 signal_num = PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT;
6049 signal_num = EXPOSE_EVENT;
6051 case GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY:
6052 signal_num = VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6054 case GDK_GRAB_BROKEN:
6055 signal_num = GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT;
6058 signal_num = DAMAGE_EVENT;
6061 g_warning ("gtk_widget_event(): unhandled event type: %d", event->type);
6065 if (signal_num != -1)
6066 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signal_num], 0, event, &return_val);
6068 if (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event))
6069 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER], 0, event);
6073 g_object_unref (widget);
6079 * gtk_widget_activate:
6080 * @widget: a #GtkWidget that's activatable
6082 * For widgets that can be "activated" (buttons, menu items, etc.)
6083 * this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you
6084 * press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If @widget isn't
6085 * activatable, the function returns %FALSE.
6087 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget was activatable
6090 gtk_widget_activate (GtkWidget *widget)
6092 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6094 if (WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
6096 /* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
6097 g_signal_emit (widget, WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal, 0);
6106 gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (GtkWidget *widget,
6107 GdkWindow *new_window)
6109 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
6111 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6113 GList *children = gdk_window_get_children (priv->window);
6116 for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
6118 GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
6121 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
6122 while (child && child != widget)
6123 child = ((GtkWidget*) child)->priv->parent;
6126 gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
6129 g_list_free (children);
6134 GList *tmp_list, *children;
6136 parent = gdk_window_get_parent (priv->window);
6139 gdk_window_reparent (priv->window, new_window, 0, 0);
6142 children = gdk_window_get_children (parent);
6144 for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
6146 GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
6149 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
6151 if (child == widget)
6152 gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
6155 g_list_free (children);
6161 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (GtkWidget *widget,
6162 gpointer client_data)
6164 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
6166 g_assert (client_data != NULL);
6168 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6171 g_object_unref (priv->window);
6172 priv->window = (GdkWindow*) client_data;
6174 g_object_ref (priv->window);
6176 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6177 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
6178 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child,
6184 * gtk_widget_reparent:
6185 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6186 * @new_parent: a #GtkContainer to move the widget into
6188 * Moves a widget from one #GtkContainer to another, handling reference
6189 * count issues to avoid destroying the widget.
6192 gtk_widget_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
6193 GtkWidget *new_parent)
6195 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
6197 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6198 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (new_parent));
6199 priv = widget->priv;
6200 g_return_if_fail (priv->parent != NULL);
6202 if (priv->parent != new_parent)
6204 /* First try to see if we can get away without unrealizing
6205 * the widget as we reparent it. if so we set a flag so
6206 * that gtk_widget_unparent doesn't unrealize widget
6208 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && gtk_widget_get_realized (new_parent))
6209 priv->in_reparent = TRUE;
6211 g_object_ref (widget);
6212 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), widget);
6213 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_parent), widget);
6214 g_object_unref (widget);
6216 if (priv->in_reparent)
6218 priv->in_reparent = FALSE;
6220 gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (widget, gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
6221 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (widget,
6222 gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
6225 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
6230 * gtk_widget_intersect:
6231 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6232 * @area: a rectangle
6233 * @intersection: rectangle to store intersection of @widget and @area
6235 * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @area, storing
6236 * the intersection in @intersection, and returns %TRUE if there was
6237 * an intersection. @intersection may be %NULL if you're only
6238 * interested in whether there was an intersection.
6240 * Return value: %TRUE if there was an intersection
6243 gtk_widget_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
6244 const GdkRectangle *area,
6245 GdkRectangle *intersection)
6247 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
6252 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6253 g_return_val_if_fail (area != NULL, FALSE);
6255 priv = widget->priv;
6258 dest = intersection;
6262 return_val = gdk_rectangle_intersect (&priv->allocation, area, dest);
6264 if (return_val && intersection && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6266 intersection->x -= priv->allocation.x;
6267 intersection->y -= priv->allocation.y;
6274 * gtk_widget_region_intersect:
6275 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6276 * @region: a #cairo_region_t, in the same coordinate system as
6277 * @widget->allocation. That is, relative to @widget->window
6278 * for %NO_WINDOW widgets; relative to the parent window
6279 * of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
6280 * @returns: A newly allocated region holding the intersection of @widget
6281 * and @region. The coordinates of the return value are
6282 * relative to @widget->window for %NO_WINDOW widgets, and
6283 * relative to the parent window of @widget->window for
6284 * widgets with their own window.
6286 * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @region, returning
6287 * the intersection. The result may be empty, use cairo_region_is_empty() to
6291 gtk_widget_region_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
6292 const cairo_region_t *region)
6295 cairo_region_t *dest;
6297 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
6298 g_return_val_if_fail (region != NULL, NULL);
6300 gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
6302 dest = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
6304 cairo_region_intersect (dest, region);
6310 * _gtk_widget_grab_notify:
6311 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6312 * @was_grabbed: whether a grab is now in effect
6314 * Emits the #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal on @widget.
6319 _gtk_widget_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
6320 gboolean was_grabbed)
6322 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY], 0, was_grabbed);
6326 * gtk_widget_grab_focus:
6327 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6329 * Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's
6330 * inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry;
6331 * something like #GtkFrame won't work.
6333 * More precisely, it must have the %GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set. Use
6334 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus() to modify that flag.
6336 * The widget also needs to be realized and mapped. This is indicated by the
6337 * related signals. Grabbing the focus immediately after creating the widget
6338 * will likely fail and cause critical warnings.
6341 gtk_widget_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6343 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6345 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
6348 g_object_ref (widget);
6349 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS], 0);
6350 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
6351 g_object_unref (widget);
6355 reset_focus_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
6358 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6360 GtkContainer *container;
6362 container = GTK_CONTAINER (widget);
6363 gtk_container_set_focus_child (container, NULL);
6365 gtk_container_foreach (container,
6366 reset_focus_recurse,
6372 gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget)
6374 if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (focus_widget))
6376 GtkWidget *toplevel;
6379 /* clear the current focus setting, break if the current widget
6380 * is the focus widget's parent, since containers above that will
6381 * be set by the next loop.
6383 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (focus_widget);
6384 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel) && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6386 widget = gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
6388 if (widget == focus_widget)
6390 /* We call _gtk_window_internal_set_focus() here so that the
6391 * toplevel window can request the focus if necessary.
6392 * This is needed when the toplevel is a GtkPlug
6394 if (!gtk_widget_has_focus (widget))
6395 _gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), focus_widget);
6402 while (widget->priv->parent && widget->priv->parent != focus_widget->priv->parent)
6404 widget = widget->priv->parent;
6405 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), NULL);
6409 else if (toplevel != focus_widget)
6411 /* gtk_widget_grab_focus() operates on a tree without window...
6412 * actually, this is very questionable behaviour.
6415 gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (toplevel),
6416 reset_focus_recurse,
6420 /* now propagate the new focus up the widget tree and finally
6421 * set it on the window
6423 widget = focus_widget;
6424 while (widget->priv->parent)
6426 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->priv->parent), widget);
6427 widget = widget->priv->parent;
6429 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
6430 _gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (widget), focus_widget);
6435 gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
6438 gboolean keyboard_tip,
6439 GtkTooltip *tooltip)
6441 gchar *tooltip_markup;
6442 gboolean has_tooltip;
6444 tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
6445 has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip));
6447 if (has_tooltip && tooltip_markup)
6449 gtk_tooltip_set_markup (tooltip, tooltip_markup);
6457 gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget)
6459 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
6461 /* Trigger ::style-set for old
6462 * widgets not listening to this
6464 g_signal_emit (widget,
6465 widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
6467 widget->priv->style);
6470 if (widget->priv->context)
6472 gtk_style_context_invalidate (widget->priv->context);
6474 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) &&
6475 gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6476 gtk_style_context_set_background (widget->priv->context,
6477 widget->priv->window);
6480 if (widget->priv->anchored)
6481 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6485 gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
6486 GtkWidgetHelpType help_type)
6488 if (help_type == GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP)
6490 _gtk_tooltip_toggle_keyboard_mode (widget);
6499 gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
6500 GtkDirectionType direction)
6502 if (!gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
6505 if (!gtk_widget_is_focus (widget))
6507 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
6515 gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
6516 GtkDirectionType direction)
6518 GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6520 if (widget != toplevel && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6522 g_signal_emit (toplevel, widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS], 0,
6528 gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
6529 GtkDirectionType direction)
6531 gboolean cursor_only;
6535 case GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD:
6536 case GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD:
6543 g_object_get (gtk_widget_get_settings (widget),
6544 "gtk-keynav-cursor-only", &cursor_only,
6551 gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
6557 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus:
6558 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6559 * @can_focus: whether or not @widget can own the input focus.
6561 * Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. See
6562 * gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a
6568 gtk_widget_set_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
6571 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6573 if (widget->priv->can_focus != can_focus)
6575 widget->priv->can_focus = can_focus;
6577 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6578 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-focus");
6583 * gtk_widget_get_can_focus:
6584 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6586 * Determines whether @widget can own the input focus. See
6587 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus().
6589 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise
6594 gtk_widget_get_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6596 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6598 return widget->priv->can_focus;
6602 * gtk_widget_has_focus:
6603 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6605 * Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See
6606 * gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global
6607 * input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.
6609 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.
6614 gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6616 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6618 return widget->priv->has_focus;
6622 * gtk_widget_is_focus:
6623 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6625 * Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
6626 * toplevel. (This does not mean that the %HAS_FOCUS flag is
6627 * necessarily set; %HAS_FOCUS will only be set if the
6628 * toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)
6630 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.
6633 gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6635 GtkWidget *toplevel;
6637 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6639 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6641 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6642 return widget == gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
6648 * gtk_widget_set_can_default:
6649 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6650 * @can_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
6652 * Specifies whether @widget can be a default widget. See
6653 * gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
6659 gtk_widget_set_can_default (GtkWidget *widget,
6660 gboolean can_default)
6662 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6664 if (widget->priv->can_default != can_default)
6666 widget->priv->can_default = can_default;
6668 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6669 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-default");
6674 * gtk_widget_get_can_default:
6675 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6677 * Determines whether @widget can be a default widget. See
6678 * gtk_widget_set_can_default().
6680 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise
6685 gtk_widget_get_can_default (GtkWidget *widget)
6687 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6689 return widget->priv->can_default;
6693 * gtk_widget_has_default:
6694 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6696 * Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its
6697 * toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().
6699 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within
6700 * its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
6705 gtk_widget_has_default (GtkWidget *widget)
6707 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6709 return widget->priv->has_default;
6713 _gtk_widget_set_has_default (GtkWidget *widget,
6714 gboolean has_default)
6716 widget->priv->has_default = has_default;
6720 * gtk_widget_grab_default:
6721 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6723 * Causes @widget to become the default widget. @widget must have the
6724 * %GTK_CAN_DEFAULT flag set; typically you have to set this flag
6725 * yourself by calling <literal>gtk_widget_set_can_default (@widget,
6726 * %TRUE)</literal>. The default widget is activated when
6727 * the user presses Enter in a window. Default widgets must be
6728 * activatable, that is, gtk_widget_activate() should affect them. Note
6729 * that #GtkEntry widgets require the "activates-default" property
6730 * set to %TRUE before they activate the default widget when Enter
6731 * is pressed and the #GtkEntry is focused.
6734 gtk_widget_grab_default (GtkWidget *widget)
6738 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6739 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget));
6741 window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6743 if (window && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
6744 gtk_window_set_default (GTK_WINDOW (window), widget);
6746 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget not within a GtkWindow");
6750 * gtk_widget_set_receives_default:
6751 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6752 * @receives_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
6754 * Specifies whether @widget will be treated as the default widget
6755 * within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
6758 * See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
6764 gtk_widget_set_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget,
6765 gboolean receives_default)
6767 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6769 if (widget->priv->receives_default != receives_default)
6771 widget->priv->receives_default = receives_default;
6773 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "receives-default");
6778 * gtk_widget_get_receives_default:
6779 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6781 * Determines whether @widget is alyways treated as default widget
6782 * withing its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
6785 * See gtk_widget_set_receives_default().
6787 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget acts as default widget when focussed,
6793 gtk_widget_get_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget)
6795 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6797 return widget->priv->receives_default;
6801 * gtk_widget_has_grab:
6802 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6804 * Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it
6805 * is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).
6807 * See also gtk_grab_add().
6809 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack
6814 gtk_widget_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget)
6816 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6818 return widget->priv->has_grab;
6822 _gtk_widget_set_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget,
6825 widget->priv->has_grab = has_grab;
6829 * gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed:
6830 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6831 * @device: a #GdkDevice
6833 * Returns %TRUE if @device has been shadowed by a GTK+
6834 * device grab on another widget, so it would stop sending
6835 * events to @widget. This may be used in the
6836 * #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal to check for specific
6837 * devices. See gtk_device_grab_add().
6839 * Returns: %TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on @device
6840 * by another #GtkWidget than @widget.
6845 gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
6848 GtkWindowGroup *group;
6849 GtkWidget *grab_widget, *toplevel;
6851 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6852 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), FALSE);
6854 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
6857 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6859 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6860 group = gtk_window_get_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
6862 group = gtk_window_get_group (NULL);
6864 grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_device_grab (group, device);
6866 /* Widget not inside the hierarchy of grab_widget */
6868 widget != grab_widget &&
6869 !gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
6872 grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_grab (group);
6873 if (grab_widget && widget != grab_widget &&
6874 !gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
6881 * gtk_widget_set_name:
6882 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6883 * @name: name for the widget
6885 * Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
6886 * CSS file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name
6887 * in the CSS file. See the documentation for the CSS syntax (on the
6888 * same page as the docs for #GtkStyleContext).
6890 * Note that the CSS syntax has certain special characters to delimit
6891 * and represent elements in a selector (period, #, >, *...),
6892 * so using these will make your widget impossible to match by name.
6893 * Any combination of alphanumeric symbols, dashes and underscores will
6897 gtk_widget_set_name (GtkWidget *widget,
6900 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
6903 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6905 priv = widget->priv;
6907 new_name = g_strdup (name);
6908 g_free (priv->name);
6909 priv->name = new_name;
6915 pos = gtk_widget_path_length (priv->path) - 1;
6916 gtk_widget_path_iter_set_name (priv->path, pos,
6921 gtk_style_context_set_path (priv->context, priv->path);
6923 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "name");
6927 * gtk_widget_get_name:
6928 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6930 * Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the
6931 * significance of widget names.
6933 * Return value: name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and
6934 * should not be modified or freed
6936 G_CONST_RETURN gchar*
6937 gtk_widget_get_name (GtkWidget *widget)
6939 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
6941 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
6943 priv = widget->priv;
6947 return G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget);
6951 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
6952 GtkStateFlags flags,
6955 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
6957 priv = widget->priv;
6959 /* Handle insensitive first, since it is propagated
6960 * differently throughout the widget hierarchy.
6962 if ((flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) !=
6963 (priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE))
6964 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget,
6965 operation != STATE_CHANGE_UNSET);
6967 if (operation != STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE)
6968 flags &= ~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
6971 operation == STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE)
6976 data.operation = operation;
6977 data.use_forall = FALSE;
6980 data.parent_sensitive = (gtk_widget_is_sensitive (priv->parent) != FALSE);
6982 data.parent_sensitive = TRUE;
6984 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
6986 if (gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
6987 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
6992 * gtk_widget_set_state_flags:
6993 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6994 * @flags: State flags to turn on
6995 * @clear: Whether to clear state before turning on @flags
6997 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns on flag
6998 * values in the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
7000 * It is worth mentioning that any other state than %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE,
7001 * will be propagated down to all non-internal children if @widget is a
7002 * #GtkContainer, while %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE itself will be propagated
7003 * down to all #GtkContainer children by different means than turning on the
7004 * state flag down the hierarchy, both gtk_widget_get_state_flags() and
7005 * gtk_widget_is_sensitive() will make use of these.
7010 gtk_widget_set_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
7011 GtkStateFlags flags,
7014 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7016 if ((!clear && (widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == flags) ||
7017 (clear && widget->priv->state_flags == flags))
7021 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE);
7023 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_SET);
7027 * gtk_widget_unset_state_flags:
7028 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7029 * @flags: State flags to turn off
7031 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag
7032 * values for the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
7033 * See gtk_widget_set_state_flags().
7038 gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
7039 GtkStateFlags flags)
7041 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7043 if ((widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == 0)
7046 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_UNSET);
7050 * gtk_widget_get_state_flags:
7051 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7053 * Returns the widget state as a flag set. It is worth mentioning
7054 * that the effective %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE state will be
7055 * returned, that is, also based on parent insensitivity, even if
7056 * @widget itself is sensitive.
7058 * Returns: The state flags for widget
7063 gtk_widget_get_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget)
7065 GtkStateFlags flags;
7067 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
7069 flags = widget->priv->state_flags;
7071 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
7072 flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
7074 if (gtk_widget_has_focus (widget))
7075 flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
7081 * gtk_widget_set_state:
7082 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7083 * @state: new state for @widget
7085 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Sets the state
7086 * of a widget (insensitive, prelighted, etc.) Usually you should set
7087 * the state using wrapper functions such as gtk_widget_set_sensitive().
7089 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_set_state_flags() instead.
7092 gtk_widget_set_state (GtkWidget *widget,
7095 GtkStateFlags flags;
7097 if (state == gtk_widget_get_state (widget))
7102 case GTK_STATE_ACTIVE:
7103 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE;
7105 case GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT:
7106 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT;
7108 case GTK_STATE_SELECTED:
7109 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED;
7111 case GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE:
7112 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
7114 case GTK_STATE_INCONSISTENT:
7115 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT;
7117 case GTK_STATE_FOCUSED:
7118 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
7120 case GTK_STATE_NORMAL:
7126 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE);
7130 * gtk_widget_get_state:
7131 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7133 * Returns the widget's state. See gtk_widget_set_state().
7135 * Returns: the state of @widget.
7139 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_get_state_flags() instead.
7142 gtk_widget_get_state (GtkWidget *widget)
7144 GtkStateFlags flags;
7146 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_STATE_NORMAL);
7148 flags = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
7150 if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE)
7151 return GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
7152 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE)
7153 return GTK_STATE_ACTIVE;
7154 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED)
7155 return GTK_STATE_SELECTED;
7156 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT)
7157 return GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT;
7159 return GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
7163 * gtk_widget_set_visible:
7164 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7165 * @visible: whether the widget should be shown or not
7167 * Sets the visibility state of @widget. Note that setting this to
7168 * %TRUE doesn't mean the widget is actually viewable, see
7169 * gtk_widget_get_visible().
7171 * This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide()
7172 * but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on
7178 gtk_widget_set_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
7181 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7183 if (visible != gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
7186 gtk_widget_show (widget);
7188 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
7193 _gtk_widget_set_visible_flag (GtkWidget *widget,
7196 widget->priv->visible = visible;
7200 * gtk_widget_get_visible:
7201 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7203 * Determines whether the widget is visible. Note that this doesn't
7204 * take into account whether the widget's parent is also visible
7205 * or the widget is obscured in any way.
7207 * See gtk_widget_set_visible().
7209 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is visible
7214 gtk_widget_get_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
7216 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7218 return widget->priv->visible;
7222 * gtk_widget_set_has_window:
7223 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7224 * @has_window: whether or not @widget has a window.
7226 * Specifies whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. Note that
7227 * all realized widgets have a non-%NULL "window" pointer
7228 * (gtk_widget_get_window() never returns a %NULL window when a widget
7229 * is realized), but for many of them it's actually the #GdkWindow of
7230 * one of its parent widgets. Widgets that do not create a %window for
7231 * themselves in #GtkWidget::realize must announce this by
7232 * calling this function with @has_window = %FALSE.
7234 * This function should only be called by widget implementations,
7235 * and they should call it in their init() function.
7240 gtk_widget_set_has_window (GtkWidget *widget,
7241 gboolean has_window)
7243 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7245 widget->priv->no_window = !has_window;
7249 * gtk_widget_get_has_window:
7250 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7252 * Determines whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. See
7253 * gtk_widget_set_has_window().
7255 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget has a window, %FALSE otherwise
7260 gtk_widget_get_has_window (GtkWidget *widget)
7262 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7264 return ! widget->priv->no_window;
7268 * gtk_widget_is_toplevel:
7269 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7271 * Determines whether @widget is a toplevel widget.
7273 * Currently only #GtkWindow and #GtkInvisible (and out-of-process
7274 * #GtkPlugs) are toplevel widgets. Toplevel widgets have no parent
7277 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
7282 gtk_widget_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
7284 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7286 return widget->priv->toplevel;
7290 _gtk_widget_set_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget,
7291 gboolean is_toplevel)
7293 widget->priv->toplevel = is_toplevel;
7297 * gtk_widget_is_drawable:
7298 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7300 * Determines whether @widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn
7301 * to if it is mapped and visible.
7303 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise
7308 gtk_widget_is_drawable (GtkWidget *widget)
7310 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7312 return (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
7313 gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget));
7317 * gtk_widget_get_realized:
7318 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7320 * Determines whether @widget is realized.
7322 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise
7327 gtk_widget_get_realized (GtkWidget *widget)
7329 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7331 return widget->priv->realized;
7335 * gtk_widget_set_realized:
7336 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7337 * @realized: %TRUE to mark the widget as realized
7339 * Marks the widget as being realized.
7341 * This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
7342 * "realize" or "unrealize" implementation.
7347 gtk_widget_set_realized (GtkWidget *widget,
7350 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7352 widget->priv->realized = realized;
7356 * gtk_widget_get_mapped:
7357 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7359 * Whether the widget is mapped.
7361 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise.
7366 gtk_widget_get_mapped (GtkWidget *widget)
7368 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7370 return widget->priv->mapped;
7374 * gtk_widget_set_mapped:
7375 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7376 * @mapped: %TRUE to mark the widget as mapped
7378 * Marks the widget as being realized.
7380 * This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
7381 * "map" or "unmap" implementation.
7386 gtk_widget_set_mapped (GtkWidget *widget,
7389 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7391 widget->priv->mapped = mapped;
7395 * gtk_widget_set_app_paintable:
7396 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7397 * @app_paintable: %TRUE if the application will paint on the widget
7399 * Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
7400 * an #GtkWidget::draw handler.
7402 * This is a hint to the widget and does not affect the behavior of
7403 * the GTK+ core; many widgets ignore this flag entirely. For widgets
7404 * that do pay attention to the flag, such as #GtkEventBox and #GtkWindow,
7405 * the effect is to suppress default themed drawing of the widget's
7406 * background. (Children of the widget will still be drawn.) The application
7407 * is then entirely responsible for drawing the widget background.
7409 * Note that the background is still drawn when the widget is mapped.
7412 gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget,
7413 gboolean app_paintable)
7415 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7417 app_paintable = (app_paintable != FALSE);
7419 if (widget->priv->app_paintable != app_paintable)
7421 widget->priv->app_paintable = app_paintable;
7423 if (gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
7424 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
7426 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "app-paintable");
7431 * gtk_widget_get_app_paintable:
7432 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7434 * Determines whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
7435 * an #GtkWidget::draw handler.
7437 * See gtk_widget_set_app_paintable()
7439 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is app paintable
7444 gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget)
7446 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7448 return widget->priv->app_paintable;
7452 * gtk_widget_set_double_buffered:
7453 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7454 * @double_buffered: %TRUE to double-buffer a widget
7456 * Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function
7457 * to turn off the buffering. "Double buffered" simply means that
7458 * gdk_window_begin_paint_region() and gdk_window_end_paint() are called
7459 * automatically around expose events sent to the
7460 * widget. gdk_window_begin_paint() diverts all drawing to a widget's
7461 * window to an offscreen buffer, and gdk_window_end_paint() draws the
7462 * buffer to the screen. The result is that users see the window
7463 * update in one smooth step, and don't see individual graphics
7464 * primitives being rendered.
7466 * In very simple terms, double buffered widgets don't flicker,
7467 * so you would only use this function to turn off double buffering
7468 * if you had special needs and really knew what you were doing.
7470 * Note: if you turn off double-buffering, you have to handle
7471 * expose events, since even the clearing to the background color or
7472 * pixmap will not happen automatically (as it is done in
7473 * gdk_window_begin_paint()).
7476 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget,
7477 gboolean double_buffered)
7479 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7481 double_buffered = (double_buffered != FALSE);
7483 if (widget->priv->double_buffered != double_buffered)
7485 widget->priv->double_buffered = double_buffered;
7487 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "double-buffered");
7492 * gtk_widget_get_double_buffered:
7493 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7495 * Determines whether the widget is double buffered.
7497 * See gtk_widget_set_double_buffered()
7499 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is double buffered
7504 gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget)
7506 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7508 return widget->priv->double_buffered;
7512 * gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate:
7513 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7514 * @redraw_on_allocate: if %TRUE, the entire widget will be redrawn
7515 * when it is allocated to a new size. Otherwise, only the
7516 * new portion of the widget will be redrawn.
7518 * Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size
7519 * allocation changes. By default, this setting is %TRUE and
7520 * the entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget
7521 * leaves the upper left unchanged when made bigger, turning this
7522 * setting off will improve performance.
7524 * Note that for %NO_WINDOW widgets setting this flag to %FALSE turns
7525 * off all allocation on resizing: the widget will not even redraw if
7526 * its position changes; this is to allow containers that don't draw
7527 * anything to avoid excess invalidations. If you set this flag on a
7528 * %NO_WINDOW widget that <emphasis>does</emphasis> draw on @widget->window,
7529 * you are responsible for invalidating both the old and new allocation
7530 * of the widget when the widget is moved and responsible for invalidating
7531 * regions newly when the widget increases size.
7534 gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
7535 gboolean redraw_on_allocate)
7537 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7539 widget->priv->redraw_on_alloc = redraw_on_allocate;
7543 * gtk_widget_set_sensitive:
7544 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7545 * @sensitive: %TRUE to make the widget sensitive
7547 * Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
7548 * can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are "grayed out" and the
7549 * user can't interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
7550 * "inactive", "disabled", or "ghosted" in some other toolkits.
7553 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget,
7556 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7559 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7561 priv = widget->priv;
7563 sensitive = (sensitive != FALSE);
7565 if (widget->priv->sensitive == sensitive)
7568 data.flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
7572 widget->priv->sensitive = TRUE;
7573 data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_UNSET;
7577 widget->priv->sensitive = FALSE;
7578 data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_SET;
7581 data.use_forall = TRUE;
7584 data.parent_sensitive = gtk_widget_is_sensitive (priv->parent);
7586 data.parent_sensitive = TRUE;
7588 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
7590 if (gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
7591 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
7593 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "sensitive");
7597 * gtk_widget_get_sensitive:
7598 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7600 * Returns the widget's sensitivity (in the sense of returning
7601 * the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()).
7603 * The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both its
7604 * own and its parent widget's sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive().
7606 * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is sensitive
7611 gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
7613 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7615 return widget->priv->sensitive;
7619 * gtk_widget_is_sensitive:
7620 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7622 * Returns the widget's effective sensitivity, which means
7623 * it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensntive
7625 * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive
7630 gtk_widget_is_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
7632 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7634 return widget->priv->sensitive && widget->priv->parent_sensitive;
7638 _gtk_widget_update_path (GtkWidget *widget)
7640 if (widget->priv->path)
7642 gtk_widget_path_free (widget->priv->path);
7643 widget->priv->path = NULL;
7646 gtk_widget_get_path (widget);
7650 * gtk_widget_set_parent:
7651 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7652 * @parent: parent container
7654 * This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
7656 * Sets the container as the parent of @widget, and takes care of
7657 * some details such as updating the state and style of the child
7658 * to reflect its new location. The opposite function is
7659 * gtk_widget_unparent().
7662 gtk_widget_set_parent (GtkWidget *widget,
7665 GtkStateFlags parent_flags;
7666 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7669 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7670 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
7671 g_return_if_fail (widget != parent);
7673 priv = widget->priv;
7675 if (priv->parent != NULL)
7677 g_warning ("Can't set a parent on widget which has a parent\n");
7680 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
7682 g_warning ("Can't set a parent on a toplevel widget\n");
7686 /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_attach_to_widget()
7689 g_object_ref_sink (widget);
7691 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
7693 priv->parent = parent;
7695 parent_flags = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (parent);
7697 /* Merge both old state and current parent state,
7698 * We don't want the insensitive flag to propagate
7699 * to the new child though */
7700 data.flags = parent_flags & ~GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
7701 data.flags |= priv->state_flags;
7703 data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE;
7704 data.parent_sensitive = (gtk_widget_is_sensitive (parent) != FALSE);
7705 data.use_forall = gtk_widget_is_sensitive (parent) != gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget);
7706 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
7708 gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles (widget);
7710 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, NULL);
7711 if (priv->parent->priv->anchored)
7712 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, NULL);
7713 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
7715 /* Enforce realized/mapped invariants
7717 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
7718 gtk_widget_realize (widget);
7720 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (priv->parent) &&
7721 gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
7723 if (gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
7724 gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent))
7725 gtk_widget_map (widget);
7727 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
7730 /* child may cause parent's expand to change, if the child is
7731 * expanded. If child is not expanded, then it can't modify the
7732 * parent's expand. If the child becomes expanded later then it will
7733 * queue compute_expand then. This optimization plus defaulting
7734 * newly-constructed widgets to need_compute_expand=FALSE should
7735 * mean that initially building a widget tree doesn't have to keep
7736 * walking up setting need_compute_expand on parents over and over.
7738 * We can't change a parent to need to expand unless we're visible.
7740 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
7741 (priv->need_compute_expand ||
7742 priv->computed_hexpand ||
7743 priv->computed_vexpand))
7745 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (parent);
7748 if (widget->priv->context)
7752 _gtk_widget_update_path (widget);
7753 gtk_style_context_set_path (widget->priv->context, widget->priv->path);
7755 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
7758 gtk_style_context_set_screen (widget->priv->context, screen);
7761 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
7765 * gtk_widget_get_parent:
7766 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7768 * Returns the parent container of @widget.
7770 * Return value: (transfer none): the parent container of @widget, or %NULL
7773 gtk_widget_get_parent (GtkWidget *widget)
7775 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7777 return widget->priv->parent;
7780 /*****************************************
7782 * see docs/styles.txt
7783 *****************************************/
7786 * gtk_widget_style_attach:
7787 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7789 * This function attaches the widget's #GtkStyle to the widget's
7790 * #GdkWindow. It is a replacement for
7793 * widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
7796 * and should only ever be called in a derived widget's "realize"
7797 * implementation which does not chain up to its parent class'
7798 * "realize" implementation, because one of the parent classes
7799 * (finally #GtkWidget) would attach the style itself.
7803 * Deprecated: 3.0. This step is unnecessary with #GtkStyleContext.
7806 gtk_widget_style_attach (GtkWidget *widget)
7808 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7810 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7811 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
7813 priv = widget->priv;
7815 priv->style = gtk_style_attach (priv->style, priv->window);
7819 * gtk_widget_has_rc_style:
7820 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7822 * Determines if the widget style has been looked up through the rc mechanism.
7824 * Returns: %TRUE if the widget has been looked up through the rc
7825 * mechanism, %FALSE otherwise.
7829 * Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
7832 gtk_widget_has_rc_style (GtkWidget *widget)
7834 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7836 return widget->priv->rc_style;
7840 * gtk_widget_set_style:
7841 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7842 * @style: (allow-none): a #GtkStyle, or %NULL to remove the effect
7843 * of a previous call to gtk_widget_set_style() and go back to
7846 * Sets the #GtkStyle for a widget (@widget->style).
7848 * You probably don't want to use this function; it interacts
7849 * badly with themes, because themes work by replacing the #GtkStyle.
7850 * Instead, use gtk_widget_modify_style().
7852 * Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
7855 gtk_widget_set_style (GtkWidget *widget,
7858 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7862 * gtk_widget_ensure_style:
7863 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7865 * Ensures that @widget has a style (@widget->style).
7867 * Not a very useful function; most of the time, if you
7868 * want the style, the widget is realized, and realized
7869 * widgets are guaranteed to have a style already.
7871 * Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
7874 gtk_widget_ensure_style (GtkWidget *widget)
7876 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7878 if (!widget->priv->style ||
7879 widget->priv->style == gtk_widget_get_default_style ())
7883 if (widget->priv->style)
7884 g_object_unref (widget->priv->style);
7886 style = g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_STYLE,
7887 "context", gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget),
7890 widget->priv->style = g_object_ref (style);
7892 g_signal_emit (widget,
7893 widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
7896 g_object_unref (style);
7901 * gtk_widget_get_style:
7902 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7904 * Simply an accessor function that returns @widget->style.
7906 * Return value: (transfer none): the widget's #GtkStyle
7908 * Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
7911 gtk_widget_get_style (GtkWidget *widget)
7913 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7915 return widget->priv->style;
7919 * gtk_widget_modify_style:
7920 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7921 * @style: the #GtkRcStyle holding the style modifications
7923 * Modifies style values on the widget.
7925 * Modifications made using this technique take precedence over
7926 * style values set via an RC file, however, they will be overridden
7927 * if a style is explicitely set on the widget using gtk_widget_set_style().
7928 * The #GtkRcStyle structure is designed so each field can either be
7929 * set or unset, so it is possible, using this function, to modify some
7930 * style values and leave the others unchanged.
7932 * Note that modifications made with this function are not cumulative
7933 * with previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_style() or with such
7934 * functions as gtk_widget_modify_fg(). If you wish to retain
7935 * previous values, you must first call gtk_widget_get_modifier_style(),
7936 * make your modifications to the returned style, then call
7937 * gtk_widget_modify_style() with that style. On the other hand,
7938 * if you first call gtk_widget_modify_style(), subsequent calls
7939 * to such functions gtk_widget_modify_fg() will have a cumulative
7940 * effect with the initial modifications.
7942 * Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext with a custom #GtkStyleProvider instead
7945 gtk_widget_modify_style (GtkWidget *widget,
7948 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7949 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_RC_STYLE (style));
7951 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
7953 gtk_rc_style_copy (style),
7954 (GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
7958 * gtk_widget_get_modifier_style:
7959 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7961 * Returns the current modifier style for the widget. (As set by
7962 * gtk_widget_modify_style().) If no style has previously set, a new
7963 * #GtkRcStyle will be created with all values unset, and set as the
7964 * modifier style for the widget. If you make changes to this rc
7965 * style, you must call gtk_widget_modify_style(), passing in the
7966 * returned rc style, to make sure that your changes take effect.
7968 * Caution: passing the style back to gtk_widget_modify_style() will
7969 * normally end up destroying it, because gtk_widget_modify_style() copies
7970 * the passed-in style and sets the copy as the new modifier style,
7971 * thus dropping any reference to the old modifier style. Add a reference
7972 * to the modifier style if you want to keep it alive.
7974 * Return value: (transfer none): the modifier style for the widget.
7975 * This rc style is owned by the widget. If you want to keep a
7976 * pointer to value this around, you must add a refcount using
7979 * Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext with a custom #GtkStyleProvider instead
7982 gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (GtkWidget *widget)
7984 GtkRcStyle *rc_style;
7986 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7988 rc_style = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_rc_style);
7992 rc_style = gtk_rc_style_new ();
7993 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
7996 (GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
8003 gtk_widget_modify_color_component (GtkWidget *widget,
8004 GtkRcFlags component,
8006 const GdkColor *color)
8008 GtkRcStyle *rc_style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (widget);
8015 rc_style->fg[state] = *color;
8018 rc_style->bg[state] = *color;
8021 rc_style->text[state] = *color;
8024 rc_style->base[state] = *color;
8027 g_assert_not_reached();
8030 rc_style->color_flags[state] |= component;
8033 rc_style->color_flags[state] &= ~component;
8035 gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
8039 modifier_style_changed (GtkModifierStyle *style,
8042 GtkStyleContext *context;
8044 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8045 gtk_style_context_invalidate (context);
8048 static GtkModifierStyle *
8049 _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (GtkWidget *widget)
8051 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8053 style = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_modifier_style);
8055 if (G_UNLIKELY (!style))
8057 GtkStyleContext *context;
8059 style = gtk_modifier_style_new ();
8060 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
8061 quark_modifier_style,
8063 (GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
8065 g_signal_connect (style, "changed",
8066 G_CALLBACK (modifier_style_changed), widget);
8068 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8070 gtk_style_context_add_provider (context,
8071 GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER (style),
8072 GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION);
8079 * gtk_widget_override_color:
8080 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8081 * @state: the state for which to set the color
8082 * @color: the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
8083 * of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_color()
8085 * Sets the color to use for a widget.
8087 * All other style values are left untouched.
8090 * This API is mostly meant as a quick way for applications to
8091 * change a widget appearance. If you are developing a widgets
8092 * library and intend this change to be themeable, it is better
8093 * done by setting meaningful CSS classes and regions in your
8094 * widget/container implementation through gtk_style_context_add_class()
8095 * and gtk_style_context_add_region().
8097 * This way, your widget library can install a #GtkCssProvider
8098 * with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK priority in order
8099 * to provide a default styling for those widgets that need so, and
8100 * this theming may fully overridden by the user's theme.
8103 * Note that for complex widgets this may bring in undesired
8104 * results (such as uniform background color everywhere), in
8105 * these cases it is better to fully style such widgets through a
8106 * #GtkCssProvider with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION
8113 gtk_widget_override_color (GtkWidget *widget,
8114 GtkStateFlags state,
8115 const GdkRGBA *color)
8117 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8119 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8121 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8122 gtk_modifier_style_set_color (style, state, color);
8126 * gtk_widget_override_background_color:
8127 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8128 * @state: the state for which to set the background color
8129 * @color: the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
8130 * of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_background_color()
8132 * Sets the background color to use for a widget.
8134 * All other style values are left untouched.
8135 * See gtk_widget_override_color().
8140 gtk_widget_override_background_color (GtkWidget *widget,
8141 GtkStateFlags state,
8142 const GdkRGBA *color)
8144 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8146 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8148 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8149 gtk_modifier_style_set_background_color (style, state, color);
8153 * gtk_widget_override_font:
8154 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8155 * @font_desc: the font descriptiong to use, or %NULL to undo
8156 * the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_font()
8158 * Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are
8159 * left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color().
8164 gtk_widget_override_font (GtkWidget *widget,
8165 const PangoFontDescription *font_desc)
8167 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8169 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8171 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8172 gtk_modifier_style_set_font (style, font_desc);
8176 * gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color:
8177 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8178 * @name: the name of the symbolic color to modify
8179 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need
8180 * to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
8181 * calls to gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color()
8183 * Sets a symbolic color for a widget.
8185 * All other style values are left untouched.
8186 * See gtk_widget_override_color() for overriding the foreground
8187 * or background color.
8192 gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color (GtkWidget *widget,
8194 const GdkRGBA *color)
8196 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8198 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8200 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8201 gtk_modifier_style_map_color (style, name, color);
8205 * gtk_widget_override_cursor:
8206 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8207 * @cursor: the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be
8208 * allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
8209 * of gtk_widget_override_cursor().
8210 * @secondary_cursor: the color to use for secondary cursor (does not
8211 * need to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
8212 * calls to of gtk_widget_override_cursor().
8214 * Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
8215 * #GtkWidget:cursor-color and #GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color
8216 * style properties. All other style values are left untouched.
8217 * See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
8219 * Note that the underlying properties have the #GdkColor type,
8220 * so the alpha value in @primary and @secondary will be ignored.
8225 gtk_widget_override_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
8226 const GdkRGBA *cursor,
8227 const GdkRGBA *secondary_cursor)
8229 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8231 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8233 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8234 gtk_modifier_style_set_color_property (style,
8236 "cursor-color", cursor);
8237 gtk_modifier_style_set_color_property (style,
8239 "secondary-cursor-color",
8244 * gtk_widget_modify_fg:
8245 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8246 * @state: the state for which to set the foreground color
8247 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
8248 * or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
8249 * of gtk_widget_modify_fg().
8251 * Sets the foreground color for a widget in a particular state.
8253 * All other style values are left untouched.
8254 * See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
8256 * Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_override_color() instead
8259 gtk_widget_modify_fg (GtkWidget *widget,
8261 const GdkColor *color)
8263 GtkStateFlags flags;
8266 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8267 g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
8271 case GTK_STATE_ACTIVE:
8272 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE;
8274 case GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT:
8275 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT;
8277 case GTK_STATE_SELECTED:
8278 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED;
8280 case GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE:
8281 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
8283 case GTK_STATE_NORMAL:
8290 rgba.red = color->red / 65535.;
8291 rgba.green = color->green / 65535.;
8292 rgba.blue = color->blue / 65535.;
8295 gtk_widget_override_color (widget, flags, &rgba);
8298 gtk_widget_override_color (widget, flags, NULL);
8302 * gtk_widget_modify_bg:
8303 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8304 * @state: the state for which to set the background color
8305 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need
8306 * to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
8307 * calls to of gtk_widget_modify_bg().
8309 * Sets the background color for a widget in a particular state.
8311 * All other style values are left untouched.
8312 * See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
8315 * Note that "no window" widgets (which have the %GTK_NO_WINDOW
8316 * flag set) draw on their parent container's window and thus may
8317 * not draw any background themselves. This is the case for e.g.
8320 * To modify the background of such widgets, you have to set the
8321 * background color on their parent; if you want to set the background
8322 * of a rectangular area around a label, try placing the label in
8323 * a #GtkEventBox widget and setting the background color on that.
8326 * Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_override_background_color() instead
8329 gtk_widget_modify_bg (GtkWidget *widget,
8331 const GdkColor *color)
8333 GtkStateFlags flags;
8336 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8337 g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
8341 case GTK_STATE_ACTIVE:
8342 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE;
8344 case GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT:
8345 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT;
8347 case GTK_STATE_SELECTED:
8348 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED;
8350 case GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE:
8351 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
8353 case GTK_STATE_NORMAL:
8360 rgba.red = color->red / 65535.;
8361 rgba.green = color->green / 65535.;
8362 rgba.blue = color->blue / 65535.;
8365 gtk_widget_override_background_color (widget, flags, &rgba);
8368 gtk_widget_override_background_color (widget, flags, NULL);
8372 * gtk_widget_modify_text:
8373 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8374 * @state: the state for which to set the text color
8375 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to
8376 * be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
8377 * calls to of gtk_widget_modify_text().
8379 * Sets the text color for a widget in a particular state.
8381 * All other style values are left untouched.
8382 * The text color is the foreground color used along with the
8383 * base color (see gtk_widget_modify_base()) for widgets such
8384 * as #GtkEntry and #GtkTextView.
8385 * See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
8387 * Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_override_color() instead
8390 gtk_widget_modify_text (GtkWidget *widget,
8392 const GdkColor *color)
8394 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8395 g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
8397 gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_TEXT, state, color);
8401 * gtk_widget_modify_base:
8402 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8403 * @state: the state for which to set the base color
8404 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to
8405 * be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
8406 * calls to of gtk_widget_modify_base().
8408 * Sets the base color for a widget in a particular state.
8409 * All other style values are left untouched. The base color
8410 * is the background color used along with the text color
8411 * (see gtk_widget_modify_text()) for widgets such as #GtkEntry
8412 * and #GtkTextView. See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
8415 * Note that "no window" widgets (which have the %GTK_NO_WINDOW
8416 * flag set) draw on their parent container's window and thus may
8417 * not draw any background themselves. This is the case for e.g.
8420 * To modify the background of such widgets, you have to set the
8421 * base color on their parent; if you want to set the background
8422 * of a rectangular area around a label, try placing the label in
8423 * a #GtkEventBox widget and setting the base color on that.
8426 * Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_override_background_color() instead
8429 gtk_widget_modify_base (GtkWidget *widget,
8431 const GdkColor *color)
8433 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8434 g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
8436 gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_BASE, state, color);
8440 * gtk_widget_modify_cursor:
8441 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8442 * @primary: the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be
8443 * allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
8444 * of gtk_widget_modify_cursor().
8445 * @secondary: the color to use for secondary cursor (does not need to be
8446 * allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
8447 * of gtk_widget_modify_cursor().
8449 * Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
8450 * #GtkWidget:cursor-color and #GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color
8453 * All other style values are left untouched.
8454 * See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
8458 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_override_cursor() instead.
8461 gtk_widget_modify_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
8462 const GdkColor *primary,
8463 const GdkColor *secondary)
8465 GdkRGBA primary_rgba, secondary_rgba;
8467 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8469 primary_rgba.red = primary->red / 65535.;
8470 primary_rgba.green = primary->green / 65535.;
8471 primary_rgba.blue = primary->blue / 65535.;
8472 primary_rgba.alpha = 1;
8474 secondary_rgba.red = secondary->red / 65535.;
8475 secondary_rgba.green = secondary->green / 65535.;
8476 secondary_rgba.blue = secondary->blue / 65535.;
8477 secondary_rgba.alpha = 1;
8479 gtk_widget_override_cursor (widget, &primary_rgba, &secondary_rgba);
8483 * gtk_widget_modify_font:
8484 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8485 * @font_desc: (allow-none): the font description to use, or %NULL
8486 * to undo the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_font()
8488 * Sets the font to use for a widget.
8490 * All other style values are left untouched.
8491 * See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
8493 * Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_override_font() instead
8496 gtk_widget_modify_font (GtkWidget *widget,
8497 PangoFontDescription *font_desc)
8499 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8501 gtk_widget_override_font (widget, font_desc);
8505 gtk_widget_real_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8506 GtkTextDirection previous_direction)
8508 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
8512 gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
8513 GtkStyle *previous_style)
8518 GtkWidget *previous_toplevel;
8519 GdkScreen *previous_screen;
8520 GdkScreen *new_screen;
8521 } HierarchyChangedInfo;
8524 do_screen_change (GtkWidget *widget,
8525 GdkScreen *old_screen,
8526 GdkScreen *new_screen)
8528 if (old_screen != new_screen)
8530 GtkStyleContext *context;
8534 PangoContext *context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
8536 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context, NULL);
8539 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
8541 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8542 gtk_style_context_set_screen (context, gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
8544 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED], 0, old_screen);
8549 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
8550 gpointer client_data)
8552 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
8553 HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
8554 gboolean new_anchored = gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
8555 (priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored);
8557 if (priv->anchored != new_anchored)
8559 g_object_ref (widget);
8561 priv->anchored = new_anchored;
8563 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED], 0, info->previous_toplevel);
8564 do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
8566 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8567 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8568 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse,
8571 g_object_unref (widget);
8576 * _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed:
8577 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8578 * @previous_toplevel: Previous toplevel
8580 * Propagates changes in the anchored state to a widget and all
8581 * children, unsetting or setting the %ANCHORED flag, and
8582 * emitting #GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed.
8585 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8586 GtkWidget *previous_toplevel)
8588 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
8589 HierarchyChangedInfo info;
8591 info.previous_toplevel = previous_toplevel;
8592 info.previous_screen = previous_toplevel ? gtk_widget_get_screen (previous_toplevel) : NULL;
8594 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
8595 (priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored))
8596 info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
8598 info.new_screen = NULL;
8600 if (info.previous_screen)
8601 g_object_ref (info.previous_screen);
8602 if (previous_toplevel)
8603 g_object_ref (previous_toplevel);
8605 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
8607 if (previous_toplevel)
8608 g_object_unref (previous_toplevel);
8609 if (info.previous_screen)
8610 g_object_unref (info.previous_screen);
8614 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
8615 gpointer client_data)
8617 HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
8619 g_object_ref (widget);
8621 do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
8623 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8624 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8625 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse,
8628 g_object_unref (widget);
8632 * gtk_widget_is_composited:
8633 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8635 * Whether @widget can rely on having its alpha channel
8636 * drawn correctly. On X11 this function returns whether a
8637 * compositing manager is running for @widget's screen.
8639 * Please note that the semantics of this call will change
8640 * in the future if used on a widget that has a composited
8641 * window in its hierarchy (as set by gdk_window_set_composited()).
8643 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget can rely on its alpha
8644 * channel being drawn correctly.
8649 gtk_widget_is_composited (GtkWidget *widget)
8653 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
8655 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
8657 return gdk_screen_is_composited (screen);
8661 propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8664 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8666 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8667 propagate_composited_changed,
8671 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED], 0);
8675 _gtk_widget_propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget)
8677 propagate_composited_changed (widget, NULL);
8681 * _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed:
8682 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8683 * @previous_screen: Previous screen
8685 * Propagates changes in the screen for a widget to all
8686 * children, emitting #GtkWidget::screen-changed.
8689 _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8690 GdkScreen *previous_screen)
8692 HierarchyChangedInfo info;
8694 info.previous_screen = previous_screen;
8695 info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
8697 if (previous_screen)
8698 g_object_ref (previous_screen);
8700 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
8702 if (previous_screen)
8703 g_object_unref (previous_screen);
8707 reset_style_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
8709 if (widget->priv->context)
8711 _gtk_widget_update_path (widget);
8712 gtk_style_context_set_path (widget->priv->context,
8713 widget->priv->path);
8716 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8717 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8718 reset_style_recurse,
8723 * gtk_widget_reset_style:
8724 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8726 * Updates the style context of @widget and all descendents
8727 * by updating its widget path. #GtkContainer<!-- -->s may want
8728 * to use this on a child when reordering it in a way that a different
8729 * style might apply to it. See also gtk_container_get_path_for_child().
8734 gtk_widget_reset_style (GtkWidget *widget)
8736 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8738 reset_style_recurse (widget, NULL);
8742 * gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles:
8743 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
8745 * Reset the styles of @widget and all descendents, so when
8746 * they are looked up again, they get the correct values
8747 * for the currently loaded RC file settings.
8749 * This function is not useful for applications.
8751 * Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead, and gtk_widget_reset_style()
8754 gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles (GtkWidget *widget)
8756 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8758 reset_style_recurse (widget, NULL);
8762 * gtk_widget_get_default_style:
8764 * Returns the default style used by all widgets initially.
8766 * Returns: (transfer none): the default style. This #GtkStyle
8767 * object is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed.
8769 * Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead, and
8770 * gtk_css_provider_get_default() to obtain a #GtkStyleProvider
8771 * with the default widget style information.
8774 gtk_widget_get_default_style (void)
8776 if (!gtk_default_style)
8778 gtk_default_style = gtk_style_new ();
8779 g_object_ref (gtk_default_style);
8782 return gtk_default_style;
8785 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
8787 /* Verify invariants, see docs/widget_system.txt for notes on much of
8788 * this. Invariants may be temporarily broken while we're in the
8789 * process of updating state, of course, so you can only
8790 * verify_invariants() after a given operation is complete.
8791 * Use push/pop_verify_invariants to help with that.
8794 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
8798 if (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0)
8801 parent = widget->priv->parent;
8803 if (widget->priv->mapped)
8805 /* Mapped implies ... */
8807 if (!widget->priv->realized)
8808 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not realized",
8809 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8811 if (!widget->priv->visible)
8812 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not visible",
8813 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8815 if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
8817 if (!widget->priv->child_visible)
8818 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not child_visible",
8819 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8824 /* Not mapped implies... */
8827 /* This check makes sense for normal toplevels, but for
8828 * something like a toplevel that is embedded within a clutter
8829 * state, mapping may depend on external factors.
8831 if (widget->priv->toplevel)
8833 if (widget->priv->visible)
8834 g_warning ("%s %p toplevel is visible but not mapped",
8835 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8840 /* Parent related checks aren't possible if parent has
8841 * verifying_invariants_count > 0 because parent needs to recurse
8842 * children first before the invariants will hold.
8844 if (parent == NULL || parent->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
8847 parent->priv->realized)
8849 /* Parent realized implies... */
8852 /* This is in widget_system.txt but appears to fail
8853 * because there's no gtk_container_realize() that
8854 * realizes all children... instead we just lazily
8855 * wait for map to fix things up.
8857 if (!widget->priv->realized)
8858 g_warning ("%s %p is realized but child %s %p is not realized",
8859 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
8860 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8863 else if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
8865 /* No parent or parent not realized on non-toplevel implies... */
8867 if (widget->priv->realized && !widget->priv->in_reparent)
8868 g_warning ("%s %p is not realized but child %s %p is realized",
8869 parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent) : "no parent", parent,
8870 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8874 parent->priv->mapped &&
8875 widget->priv->visible &&
8876 widget->priv->child_visible)
8878 /* Parent mapped and we are visible implies... */
8880 if (!widget->priv->mapped)
8881 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible child %s %p is not mapped",
8882 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
8883 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8885 else if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
8887 /* No parent or parent not mapped on non-toplevel implies... */
8889 if (widget->priv->mapped && !widget->priv->in_reparent)
8890 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible=%d child_visible=%d parent %s %p mapped=%d",
8891 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
8892 widget->priv->visible,
8893 widget->priv->child_visible,
8894 parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent) : "no parent", parent,
8895 parent ? parent->priv->mapped : FALSE);
8899 if (!widget->priv->realized)
8901 /* Not realized implies... */
8904 /* widget_system.txt says these hold, but they don't. */
8905 if (widget->priv->resize_pending)
8906 g_warning ("%s %p resize pending but not realized",
8907 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8909 if (widget->priv->alloc_needed)
8910 g_warning ("%s %p alloc needed but not realized",
8911 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8913 if (widget->priv->width_request_needed)
8914 g_warning ("%s %p width request needed but not realized",
8915 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8917 if (widget->priv->height_request_needed)
8918 g_warning ("%s %p height request needed but not realized",
8919 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8924 /* The point of this push/pop is that invariants may not hold while
8925 * we're busy making changes. So we only check at the outermost call
8926 * on the call stack, after we finish updating everything.
8929 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
8931 widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count += 1;
8935 gtk_widget_verify_child_invariants (GtkWidget *widget,
8936 gpointer client_data)
8938 /* We don't recurse further; this is a one-level check. */
8939 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
8943 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
8945 g_assert (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0);
8947 widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count -= 1;
8949 if (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
8951 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
8953 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8955 /* Check one level of children, because our
8956 * push_verify_invariants() will have prevented some of the
8957 * checks. This does not recurse because if recursion is
8958 * needed, it will happen naturally as each child has a
8959 * push/pop on that child. For example if we're recursively
8960 * mapping children, we'll push/pop on each child as we map
8963 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8964 gtk_widget_verify_child_invariants,
8969 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
8971 static PangoContext *
8972 gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8974 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
8978 * gtk_widget_get_pango_context:
8979 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8981 * Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description,
8982 * and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned
8983 * by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by
8984 * the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes
8985 * or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to
8986 * match any changes to the widget's attributes.
8988 * If you create and keep a #PangoLayout using this context, you must
8989 * deal with changes to the context by calling pango_layout_context_changed()
8990 * on the layout in response to the #GtkWidget::style-updated and
8991 * #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals for the widget.
8993 * Return value: (transfer none): the #PangoContext for the widget.
8996 gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8998 PangoContext *context;
9000 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9002 context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
9005 context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GTK_WIDGET (widget));
9006 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
9007 quark_pango_context,
9016 update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget,
9017 PangoContext *context)
9019 PangoFontDescription *font_desc;
9020 GtkStyleContext *style_context;
9022 style_context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
9024 gtk_style_context_get (style_context,
9025 gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget),
9029 pango_context_set_font_description (context, font_desc);
9030 pango_context_set_base_dir (context,
9031 gtk_widget_get_direction (widget) == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR ?
9032 PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR : PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL);
9034 pango_font_description_free (font_desc);
9038 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
9040 PangoContext *context = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget);
9046 update_pango_context (widget, context);
9048 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
9051 pango_cairo_context_set_resolution (context,
9052 gdk_screen_get_resolution (screen));
9053 pango_cairo_context_set_font_options (context,
9054 gdk_screen_get_font_options (screen));
9060 * gtk_widget_create_pango_context:
9061 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9063 * Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate font map,
9064 * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
9065 * this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().
9067 * Return value: (transfer full): the new #PangoContext
9070 gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
9073 PangoContext *context;
9075 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9077 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
9080 GTK_NOTE (MULTIHEAD,
9081 g_warning ("gtk_widget_create_pango_context ()) called without screen"));
9083 screen = gdk_screen_get_default ();
9086 context = gdk_pango_context_get_for_screen (screen);
9088 update_pango_context (widget, context);
9089 pango_context_set_language (context, gtk_get_default_language ());
9095 * gtk_widget_create_pango_layout:
9096 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9097 * @text: text to set on the layout (can be %NULL)
9099 * Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate font map,
9100 * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
9103 * If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, in order to
9104 * notify the layout of changes to the base direction or font of this
9105 * widget, you must call pango_layout_context_changed() in response to
9106 * the #GtkWidget::style-updated and #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals
9109 * Return value: (transfer full): the new #PangoLayout
9112 gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget *widget,
9115 PangoLayout *layout;
9116 PangoContext *context;
9118 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9120 context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (widget);
9121 layout = pango_layout_new (context);
9124 pango_layout_set_text (layout, text, -1);
9130 * gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf:
9131 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9132 * @stock_id: a stock ID
9133 * @size: (type int): a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means
9134 * render at the size of the source and don't scale (if there are
9135 * multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes).
9137 * A convenience function that uses the theme engine and style
9138 * settings for @widget to look up @stock_id and render it to
9139 * a pixbuf. @stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as
9140 * #GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size should be a size
9141 * such as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU.
9143 * The pixels in the returned #GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of
9144 * the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed
9145 * after use with g_object_unref().
9147 * Return value: (transfer full): a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the
9148 * stock ID wasn't known
9153 gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf (GtkWidget *widget,
9154 const gchar *stock_id,
9157 GtkStyleContext *context;
9158 GtkIconSet *icon_set;
9160 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9161 g_return_val_if_fail (stock_id != NULL, NULL);
9162 g_return_val_if_fail (size > GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID || size == -1, NULL);
9164 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
9165 icon_set = gtk_style_context_lookup_icon_set (context, stock_id);
9167 if (icon_set == NULL)
9170 return gtk_icon_set_render_icon_pixbuf (icon_set, context, size);
9174 * gtk_widget_render_icon:
9175 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9176 * @stock_id: a stock ID
9177 * @size: (type int): a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means
9178 * render at the size of the source and don't scale (if there are
9179 * multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes).
9180 * @detail: (allow-none): render detail to pass to theme engine
9182 * A convenience function that uses the theme settings for @widget
9183 * to look up @stock_id and render it to a pixbuf. @stock_id should
9184 * be a stock icon ID such as #GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size
9185 * should be a size such as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU. @detail should be a
9186 * string that identifies the widget or code doing the rendering, so
9187 * that theme engines can special-case rendering for that widget or
9190 * The pixels in the returned #GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of
9191 * the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be
9192 * freed after use with g_object_unref().
9194 * Return value: (transfer full): a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the
9195 * stock ID wasn't known
9197 * Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf() instead.
9200 gtk_widget_render_icon (GtkWidget *widget,
9201 const gchar *stock_id,
9203 const gchar *detail)
9205 return gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf (widget, stock_id, size);
9209 * gtk_widget_set_parent_window:
9210 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
9211 * @parent_window: the new parent window.
9213 * Sets a non default parent window for @widget.
9215 * For GtkWindow classes, setting a @parent_window effects whether
9216 * the window is a toplevel window or can be embedded into other
9220 * For GtkWindow classes, this needs to be called before the
9221 * window is realized.
9226 gtk_widget_set_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget,
9227 GdkWindow *parent_window)
9229 GdkWindow *old_parent_window;
9231 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9233 old_parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
9234 quark_parent_window);
9236 if (parent_window != old_parent_window)
9240 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window,
9242 if (old_parent_window)
9243 g_object_unref (old_parent_window);
9245 g_object_ref (parent_window);
9247 /* Unset toplevel flag when adding a parent window to a widget,
9248 * this is the primary entry point to allow toplevels to be
9251 #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_X11
9252 is_plug = GTK_IS_PLUG (widget);
9256 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget) && !is_plug)
9257 _gtk_window_set_is_toplevel (GTK_WINDOW (widget), parent_window == NULL);
9262 * gtk_widget_get_parent_window:
9263 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
9265 * Gets @widget's parent window.
9267 * Returns: (transfer none): the parent window of @widget.
9270 gtk_widget_get_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget)
9272 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
9273 GdkWindow *parent_window;
9275 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9277 priv = widget->priv;
9279 parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window);
9281 return (parent_window != NULL) ? parent_window :
9282 (priv->parent != NULL) ? priv->parent->priv->window : NULL;
9287 * gtk_widget_set_child_visible:
9288 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9289 * @is_visible: if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along with its parent.
9291 * Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
9292 * is mapped and @widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show().
9294 * The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to
9295 * a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping
9296 * children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However
9297 * it will be reset to its default state of %TRUE when the widget
9298 * is removed from a container.
9300 * Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not
9301 * queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of
9302 * a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or
9303 * not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container
9304 * can queue a resize itself.
9306 * This function is only useful for container implementations and
9307 * never should be called by an application.
9310 gtk_widget_set_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
9311 gboolean is_visible)
9313 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
9315 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9316 g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget));
9318 priv = widget->priv;
9320 g_object_ref (widget);
9321 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
9324 priv->child_visible = TRUE;
9327 GtkWidget *toplevel;
9329 priv->child_visible = FALSE;
9331 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
9332 if (toplevel != widget && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
9333 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
9336 if (priv->parent && gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
9338 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
9339 priv->child_visible &&
9340 gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
9341 gtk_widget_map (widget);
9343 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
9346 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
9347 g_object_unref (widget);
9351 * gtk_widget_get_child_visible:
9352 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9354 * Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
9355 * If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably
9356 * needs reorganization.
9358 * This function is only useful for container implementations and
9359 * never should be called by an application.
9361 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.
9364 gtk_widget_get_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
9366 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9368 return widget->priv->child_visible;
9372 gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget)
9374 GtkWidget *toplevel;
9376 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
9378 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
9380 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
9381 return gtk_window_get_screen (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
9382 else if (GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (toplevel))
9383 return gtk_invisible_get_screen (GTK_INVISIBLE (widget));
9390 * gtk_widget_get_screen:
9391 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9393 * Get the #GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with
9394 * this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
9395 * has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow
9398 * In general, you should only create screen specific
9399 * resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
9400 * free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
9402 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget.
9407 gtk_widget_get_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
9411 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9413 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
9420 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": Can't get associated screen"
9421 " for a widget unless it is inside a toplevel GtkWindow\n"
9422 " widget type is %s associated top level type is %s",
9423 g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (widget))),
9424 g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (toplevel))));
9426 return gdk_screen_get_default ();
9431 * gtk_widget_has_screen:
9432 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9434 * Checks whether there is a #GdkScreen is associated with
9435 * this widget. All toplevel widgets have an associated
9436 * screen, and all widgets added into a hierarchy with a toplevel
9437 * window at the top.
9439 * Return value: %TRUE if there is a #GdkScreen associcated
9445 gtk_widget_has_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
9447 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9449 return (gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget) != NULL);
9453 * gtk_widget_get_display:
9454 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9456 * Get the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with
9457 * this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
9458 * has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top.
9460 * In general, you should only create display specific
9461 * resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
9462 * free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
9464 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.
9469 gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget)
9471 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9473 return gdk_screen_get_display (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
9477 * gtk_widget_get_root_window:
9478 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9480 * Get the root window where this widget is located. This function can
9481 * only be called after the widget has been added to a widget
9482 * hierarchy with #GtkWindow at the top.
9484 * The root window is useful for such purposes as creating a popup
9485 * #GdkWindow associated with the window. In general, you should only
9486 * create display specific resources when a widget has been realized,
9487 * and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
9489 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkWindow root window for the toplevel for this widget.
9494 gtk_widget_get_root_window (GtkWidget *widget)
9496 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9498 return gdk_screen_get_root_window (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
9502 * gtk_widget_child_focus:
9503 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9504 * @direction: direction of focus movement
9506 * This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
9507 * writing an app, you'd use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus
9508 * to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to
9509 * change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those
9510 * functions instead.
9512 * gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by containers as the user moves
9513 * around the window using keyboard shortcuts. @direction indicates
9514 * what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab
9515 * forward, tab backward). gtk_widget_child_focus() emits the
9516 * #GtkWidget::focus signal; widgets override the default handler
9517 * for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior.
9519 * The default ::focus handler for a widget should return %TRUE if
9520 * moving in @direction left the focus on a focusable location inside
9521 * that widget, and %FALSE if moving in @direction moved the focus
9522 * outside the widget. If returning %TRUE, widgets normally
9523 * call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly;
9524 * if returning %FALSE, they don't modify the current focus location.
9526 * Return value: %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget
9529 gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
9530 GtkDirectionType direction)
9532 gboolean return_val;
9534 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9536 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) ||
9537 !gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
9540 /* child widgets must set CAN_FOCUS, containers
9541 * don't have to though.
9543 if (!GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) &&
9544 !gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
9547 g_signal_emit (widget,
9548 widget_signals[FOCUS],
9550 direction, &return_val);
9556 * gtk_widget_keynav_failed:
9557 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9558 * @direction: direction of focus movement
9560 * This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
9561 * a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the
9562 * #GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return
9563 * value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of
9564 * gtk_widget_child_focus():
9566 * When %TRUE is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard
9567 * navigation is Ok and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the
9570 * When %FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with keyboard
9571 * navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling
9572 * gtk_widget_child_focus() on the widget's toplevel.
9574 * The default ::keynav-failed handler returns %TRUE for
9575 * %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD. For the other
9576 * values of #GtkDirectionType, it looks at the
9577 * #GtkSettings:gtk-keynav-cursor-only setting and returns %FALSE
9578 * if the setting is %TRUE. This way the entire user interface
9579 * becomes cursor-navigatable on input devices such as mobile phones
9580 * which only have cursor keys but no tab key.
9582 * Whenever the default handler returns %TRUE, it also calls
9583 * gtk_widget_error_bell() to notify the user of the failed keyboard
9586 * A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed
9587 * (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of
9588 * #GtkEntry widgets where the user should be able to navigate the
9589 * entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces
9590 * that require entering license keys.
9592 * Return value: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
9593 * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
9594 * navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
9599 gtk_widget_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
9600 GtkDirectionType direction)
9602 gboolean return_val;
9604 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9606 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED], 0,
9607 direction, &return_val);
9613 * gtk_widget_error_bell:
9614 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9616 * Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget.
9617 * If the #GtkSettings:gtk-error-bell setting is %TRUE, it calls
9618 * gdk_window_beep(), otherwise it does nothing.
9620 * Note that the effect of gdk_window_beep() can be configured in many
9621 * ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment
9622 * or window manager that is used.
9627 gtk_widget_error_bell (GtkWidget *widget)
9629 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
9630 GtkSettings* settings;
9633 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9635 priv = widget->priv;
9637 settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (widget);
9641 g_object_get (settings,
9642 "gtk-error-bell", &beep,
9645 if (beep && priv->window)
9646 gdk_window_beep (priv->window);
9650 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
9653 GtkQueueResizeFlags flags)
9655 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
9656 gboolean changed = FALSE;
9658 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
9660 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
9662 if (width > -2 && aux_info->width != width)
9664 if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
9665 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "width-request");
9666 aux_info->width = width;
9669 if (height > -2 && aux_info->height != height)
9671 if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
9672 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "height-request");
9673 aux_info->height = height;
9677 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) && changed)
9679 if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
9680 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
9682 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
9685 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
9689 * gtk_widget_set_size_request:
9690 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9691 * @width: width @widget should request, or -1 to unset
9692 * @height: height @widget should request, or -1 to unset
9694 * Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
9695 * request will be @width by @height. You can use this function to
9696 * force a widget to be either larger or smaller than it normally
9699 * In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for
9700 * toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will
9701 * still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request
9702 * will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size
9703 * request. When dealing with window sizes,
9704 * gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well.
9706 * Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
9707 * translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
9708 * can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
9709 * basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
9712 * The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can
9713 * accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly.
9714 * However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than
9715 * its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more
9716 * space than it requested.
9718 * If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then
9719 * the "natural" size request of the widget will be used instead.
9721 * Widgets can't actually be allocated a size less than 1 by 1, but
9722 * you can pass 0,0 to this function to mean "as small as possible."
9724 * The size request set here does not include any margin from the
9725 * #GtkWidget properties margin-left, margin-right, margin-top, and
9726 * margin-bottom, but it does include pretty much all other padding
9727 * or border properties set by any subclass of #GtkWidget.
9730 gtk_widget_set_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9734 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9735 g_return_if_fail (width >= -1);
9736 g_return_if_fail (height >= -1);
9743 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height, 0);
9748 * gtk_widget_get_size_request:
9749 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9750 * @width: (out) (allow-none): return location for width, or %NULL
9751 * @height: (out) (allow-none): return location for height, or %NULL
9753 * Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
9754 * gtk_widget_set_size_request(). A value of -1 stored in @width or
9755 * @height indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly
9756 * and the natural requisition of the widget will be used intead. See
9757 * gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will
9758 * actually request, call gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead of
9762 gtk_widget_get_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9766 const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
9768 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9770 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
9773 *width = aux_info->width;
9776 *height = aux_info->height;
9780 * _gtk_widget_override_size_request:
9781 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9782 * @width: new forced minimum width
9783 * @height: new forced minimum height
9784 * @old_width: location to store previous forced minimum width
9785 * @old_width: location to store previous forced minumum height
9787 * Temporarily establishes a forced minimum size for a widget; this
9788 * is used by GtkWindow when calculating the size to add to the
9789 * window's geometry widget. Cached sizes for the widget and its
9790 * parents are invalidated, so that subsequent calls to the size
9791 * negotiation machinery produce the overriden result, but the
9792 * widget is not queued for relayout or redraw. The old size must
9793 * be restored with _gtk_widget_restore_size_request() or things
9797 _gtk_widget_override_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9803 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, old_width, old_height);
9804 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height,
9805 GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
9809 * _gtk_widget_restore_size_request:
9810 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9811 * @old_width: saved forced minimum size
9812 * @old_height: saved forced minimum size
9814 * Undoes the operation of_gtk_widget_override_size_request().
9817 _gtk_widget_restore_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9821 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, old_width, old_height,
9822 GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
9826 * gtk_widget_set_events:
9827 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9828 * @events: event mask
9830 * Sets the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
9831 * mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind
9832 * that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
9833 * changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
9834 * so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
9835 * unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_events() for widgets that are
9836 * already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
9837 * mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
9838 * to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
9839 * and receive events on the event box.
9842 gtk_widget_set_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9845 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9846 g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
9848 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
9849 GINT_TO_POINTER (events));
9850 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
9854 * gtk_widget_set_device_events:
9855 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9856 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9857 * @events: event mask
9859 * Sets the device event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
9860 * mask determines which events a widget will receive from @device. Keep
9861 * in mind that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
9862 * changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
9863 * so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
9864 * unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_device_events() for widgets that are
9865 * already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
9866 * mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
9867 * to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
9868 * and receive events on the event box.
9873 gtk_widget_set_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9875 GdkEventMask events)
9877 GHashTable *device_events;
9879 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9880 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
9881 g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
9883 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
9885 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_events))
9887 device_events = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
9888 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask, device_events,
9889 (GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_unref);
9892 g_hash_table_insert (device_events, device, GUINT_TO_POINTER (events));
9896 * gtk_widget_enable_device:
9897 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9898 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9900 * Enables a #GdkDevice to interact with @widget and
9901 * all its children, it does so by descending through
9902 * the #GdkWindow hierarchy and enabling the same mask
9903 * that is has for core events (i.e. the one that
9904 * gdk_window_get_events() returns).
9909 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled (GtkWidget *widget,
9913 GList *enabled_devices;
9915 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9916 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
9918 enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
9919 enabled_devices = g_list_append (enabled_devices, device);
9921 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices,
9922 enabled_devices, (GDestroyNotify) g_list_free);;
9924 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
9925 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, enabled);
9929 gtk_widget_get_device_enabled (GtkWidget *widget,
9932 GList *enabled_devices;
9934 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9935 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), FALSE);
9937 enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
9939 return g_list_find (enabled_devices, device) != NULL;
9943 gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (GtkWidget *widget,
9950 for (l = window_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
9952 GdkWindow *window = l->data;
9955 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
9956 if (user_data == widget)
9961 gdk_window_set_device_events (window, device, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
9963 gdk_window_set_events (window, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
9965 children = gdk_window_get_children (window);
9966 gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (widget, device, events, children);
9967 g_list_free (children);
9973 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
9977 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
9980 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
9981 window_list = gdk_window_get_children (priv->window);
9983 window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, priv->window);
9985 gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (widget, device, events, window_list);
9987 g_list_free (window_list);
9991 * gtk_widget_add_events:
9992 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9993 * @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
9995 * Adds the events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
9996 * @widget. See gtk_widget_set_events() for details.
9999 gtk_widget_add_events (GtkWidget *widget,
10004 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10006 old_events = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
10007 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
10008 GINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
10010 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
10012 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, NULL, events);
10013 gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (widget, FALSE);
10016 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
10020 * gtk_widget_add_device_events:
10021 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10022 * @device: a #GdkDevice
10023 * @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
10025 * Adds the device events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
10026 * @widget. See gtk_widget_set_device_events() for details.
10031 gtk_widget_add_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
10033 GdkEventMask events)
10035 GdkEventMask old_events;
10036 GHashTable *device_events;
10038 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10039 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
10041 old_events = gtk_widget_get_device_events (widget, device);
10043 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
10045 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_events))
10047 device_events = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
10048 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask, device_events,
10049 (GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_unref);
10052 g_hash_table_insert (device_events, device,
10053 GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
10055 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
10056 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, device, events);
10058 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
10062 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel:
10063 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10065 * This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
10066 * @widget is a part of. If @widget has no parent widgets, it will be
10067 * returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the
10068 * returned widget; it should not be unreferenced.
10070 * Note the difference in behavior vs. gtk_widget_get_ancestor();
10071 * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW)</literal>
10073 * %NULL if @widget wasn't inside a toplevel window, and if the
10074 * window was inside a #GtkWindow-derived widget which was in turn
10075 * inside the toplevel #GtkWindow. While the second case may
10076 * seem unlikely, it actually happens when a #GtkPlug is embedded
10077 * inside a #GtkSocket within the same application.
10079 * To reliably find the toplevel #GtkWindow, use
10080 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel() and check if the %TOPLEVEL flags
10081 * is set on the result.
10083 * GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
10084 * if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
10086 * /* Perform action on toplevel. */
10090 * Return value: (transfer none): the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself
10091 * if there's no ancestor.
10094 gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
10096 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10098 while (widget->priv->parent)
10099 widget = widget->priv->parent;
10105 * gtk_widget_get_ancestor:
10106 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10107 * @widget_type: ancestor type
10109 * Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example,
10110 * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)</literal> gets
10111 * the first #GtkBox that's an ancestor of @widget. No reference will be
10112 * added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. See note
10113 * about checking for a toplevel #GtkWindow in the docs for
10114 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel().
10116 * Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor()
10117 * considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.
10119 * Return value: (transfer none): the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found
10122 gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
10125 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10127 while (widget && !g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type))
10128 widget = widget->priv->parent;
10130 if (!(widget && g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type)))
10137 * gtk_widget_set_visual:
10138 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10139 * @visual: visual to be used or %NULL to unset a previous one
10141 * Sets the visual that should be used for by widget and its children for
10142 * creating #GdkWindows. The visual must be on the same #GdkScreen as
10143 * returned by gdk_widget_get_screen(), so handling the
10144 * #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal is necessary.
10146 * Setting a new @visual will not cause @widget to recreate its windows,
10147 * so you should call this function before @widget is realized.
10150 gtk_widget_set_visual (GtkWidget *widget,
10153 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10154 g_return_if_fail (visual == NULL || GDK_IS_VISUAL (visual));
10157 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget) == gdk_visual_get_screen (visual));
10160 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
10162 g_object_ref (visual),
10167 * gtk_widget_get_visual:
10168 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10170 * Gets the visual that will be used to render @widget.
10172 * Return value: (transfer none): the visual for @widget
10175 gtk_widget_get_visual (GtkWidget *widget)
10181 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10183 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) &&
10184 widget->priv->window)
10185 return gdk_window_get_visual (widget->priv->window);
10187 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
10189 for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->priv->parent)
10191 visual = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (w), quark_visual);
10194 if (gdk_visual_get_screen (visual) == screen)
10197 g_warning ("Ignoring visual set on widget `%s' that is not on the correct screen.",
10198 gtk_widget_get_name (widget));
10202 return gdk_screen_get_system_visual (screen);
10206 * gtk_widget_get_settings:
10207 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10209 * Gets the settings object holding the settings used for this widget.
10211 * Note that this function can only be called when the #GtkWidget
10212 * is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific
10213 * to a particular #GdkScreen.
10215 * Return value: (transfer none): the relevant #GtkSettings object
10218 gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget)
10220 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10222 return gtk_settings_get_for_screen (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
10226 * gtk_widget_get_events:
10227 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10229 * Returns the event mask for the widget (a bitfield containing flags
10230 * from the #GdkEventMask enumeration). These are the events that the widget
10233 * Return value: event mask for @widget
10236 gtk_widget_get_events (GtkWidget *widget)
10238 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
10240 return GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
10244 * gtk_widget_get_device_events:
10245 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10246 * @device: a #GdkDevice
10248 * Returns the events mask for the widget corresponding to an specific device. These
10249 * are the events that the widget will receive when @device operates on it.
10251 * Returns: device event mask for @widget
10256 gtk_widget_get_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
10259 GHashTable *device_events;
10261 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
10262 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), 0);
10264 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
10266 if (!device_events)
10269 return GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_hash_table_lookup (device_events, device));
10273 * gtk_widget_get_pointer:
10274 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10275 * @x: (out) (allow-none): return location for the X coordinate, or %NULL
10276 * @y: (out) (allow-none): return location for the Y coordinate, or %NULL
10278 * Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates.
10279 * Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
10280 * defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
10281 * #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
10282 * @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
10285 gtk_widget_get_pointer (GtkWidget *widget,
10289 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
10291 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10293 priv = widget->priv;
10300 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
10302 gdk_window_get_pointer (priv->window, x, y, NULL);
10304 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10307 *x -= priv->allocation.x;
10309 *y -= priv->allocation.y;
10315 * gtk_widget_is_ancestor:
10316 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10317 * @ancestor: another #GtkWidget
10319 * Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with
10320 * intermediate containers.
10322 * Return value: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child,
10323 * grandchild, great grandchild, etc.
10326 gtk_widget_is_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
10327 GtkWidget *ancestor)
10329 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
10330 g_return_val_if_fail (ancestor != NULL, FALSE);
10334 if (widget->priv->parent == ancestor)
10336 widget = widget->priv->parent;
10342 static GQuark quark_composite_name = 0;
10345 * gtk_widget_set_composite_name:
10346 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
10347 * @name: the name to set
10349 * Sets a widgets composite name. The widget must be
10350 * a composite child of its parent; see gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
10353 gtk_widget_set_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget,
10356 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10357 g_return_if_fail (widget->priv->composite_child);
10358 g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
10360 if (!quark_composite_name)
10361 quark_composite_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-composite-name");
10363 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
10364 quark_composite_name,
10370 * gtk_widget_get_composite_name:
10371 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10373 * Obtains the composite name of a widget.
10375 * Returns: the composite name of @widget, or %NULL if @widget is not
10376 * a composite child. The string should be freed when it is no
10380 gtk_widget_get_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget)
10382 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
10384 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10386 priv = widget->priv;
10388 if (widget->priv->composite_child && priv->parent)
10389 return _gtk_container_child_composite_name (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent),
10396 * gtk_widget_push_composite_child:
10398 * Makes all newly-created widgets as composite children until
10399 * the corresponding gtk_widget_pop_composite_child() call.
10401 * A composite child is a child that's an implementation detail of the
10402 * container it's inside and should not be visible to people using the
10403 * container. Composite children aren't treated differently by GTK (but
10404 * see gtk_container_foreach() vs. gtk_container_forall()), but e.g. GUI
10405 * builders might want to treat them in a different way.
10407 * Here is a simple example:
10409 * gtk_widget_push_composite_child ();
10410 * scrolled_window->hscrollbar = gtk_scrollbar_new (GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, hadjustment);
10411 * gtk_widget_set_composite_name (scrolled_window->hscrollbar, "hscrollbar");
10412 * gtk_widget_pop_composite_child ();
10413 * gtk_widget_set_parent (scrolled_window->hscrollbar,
10414 * GTK_WIDGET (scrolled_window));
10415 * g_object_ref (scrolled_window->hscrollbar);
10419 gtk_widget_push_composite_child (void)
10421 composite_child_stack++;
10425 * gtk_widget_pop_composite_child:
10427 * Cancels the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
10430 gtk_widget_pop_composite_child (void)
10432 if (composite_child_stack)
10433 composite_child_stack--;
10437 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
10438 GtkTextDirection old_dir)
10440 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
10442 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED], 0, old_dir);
10446 * gtk_widget_set_direction:
10447 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10448 * @dir: the new direction
10450 * Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
10451 * controls the primary direction for widgets containing text,
10452 * and also the direction in which the children of a container are
10453 * packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order
10454 * so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left
10455 * reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will
10456 * let the default reading direction present, except for containers
10457 * where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitely
10458 * visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification).
10460 * If the direction is set to %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value
10461 * set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used.
10464 gtk_widget_set_direction (GtkWidget *widget,
10465 GtkTextDirection dir)
10467 GtkTextDirection old_dir;
10469 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10470 g_return_if_fail (dir >= GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE && dir <= GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL);
10472 old_dir = gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
10474 widget->priv->direction = dir;
10476 if (old_dir != gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
10478 if (widget->priv->context)
10479 gtk_style_context_set_direction (widget->priv->context,
10480 gtk_widget_get_direction (widget));
10482 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
10487 * gtk_widget_get_direction:
10488 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10490 * Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
10491 * gtk_widget_set_direction().
10493 * Return value: the reading direction for the widget.
10496 gtk_widget_get_direction (GtkWidget *widget)
10498 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
10500 if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
10501 return gtk_default_direction;
10503 return widget->priv->direction;
10507 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
10509 GtkTextDirection old_dir = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (data);
10511 g_object_ref (widget);
10513 if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
10514 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
10516 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
10517 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
10518 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse,
10521 g_object_unref (widget);
10525 * gtk_widget_set_default_direction:
10526 * @dir: the new default direction. This cannot be
10527 * %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE.
10529 * Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the
10530 * direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction().
10533 gtk_widget_set_default_direction (GtkTextDirection dir)
10535 g_return_if_fail (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL || dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
10537 if (dir != gtk_default_direction)
10539 GList *toplevels, *tmp_list;
10540 GtkTextDirection old_dir = gtk_default_direction;
10542 gtk_default_direction = dir;
10544 tmp_list = toplevels = gtk_window_list_toplevels ();
10545 g_list_foreach (toplevels, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL);
10549 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (tmp_list->data,
10550 GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_dir));
10551 g_object_unref (tmp_list->data);
10552 tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
10555 g_list_free (toplevels);
10560 * gtk_widget_get_default_direction:
10562 * Obtains the current default reading direction. See
10563 * gtk_widget_set_default_direction().
10565 * Return value: the current default direction.
10568 gtk_widget_get_default_direction (void)
10570 return gtk_default_direction;
10574 gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object)
10576 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10577 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10580 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), widget);
10581 else if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
10582 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
10584 priv->visible = FALSE;
10585 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
10586 gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
10588 if (!priv->in_destruction)
10590 priv->in_destruction = TRUE;
10591 g_signal_emit (object, widget_signals[DESTROY], 0);
10592 priv->in_destruction = FALSE;
10595 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->dispose (object);
10599 gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object)
10601 /* gtk_object_destroy() will already hold a refcount on object */
10602 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10603 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10605 /* wipe accelerator closures (keep order) */
10606 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, NULL);
10607 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, NULL);
10609 /* Callers of add_mnemonic_label() should disconnect on ::destroy */
10610 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels, NULL);
10612 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
10614 g_object_unref (priv->style);
10615 priv->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
10616 g_object_ref (priv->style);
10620 gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
10622 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10623 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10624 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
10625 GtkAccessible *accessible;
10627 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
10629 g_object_unref (priv->style);
10630 priv->style = NULL;
10632 g_free (priv->name);
10634 aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
10636 gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (aux_info);
10638 accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accessible_object);
10640 g_object_unref (accessible);
10643 gtk_widget_path_free (priv->path);
10646 g_object_unref (priv->context);
10648 if (g_object_is_floating (object))
10649 g_warning ("A floating object was finalized. This means that someone\n"
10650 "called g_object_unref() on an object that had only a floating\n"
10651 "reference; the initial floating reference is not owned by anyone\n"
10652 "and must be removed with g_object_ref_sink().");
10654 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->finalize (object);
10657 /*****************************************
10658 * gtk_widget_real_map:
10663 *****************************************/
10666 gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget)
10668 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10670 g_assert (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
10672 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10674 gtk_widget_set_mapped (widget, TRUE);
10676 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10677 gdk_window_show (priv->window);
10681 /*****************************************
10682 * gtk_widget_real_unmap:
10687 *****************************************/
10690 gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
10692 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10694 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10696 gtk_widget_set_mapped (widget, FALSE);
10698 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10699 gdk_window_hide (priv->window);
10703 /*****************************************
10704 * gtk_widget_real_realize:
10709 *****************************************/
10712 gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
10714 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10716 g_assert (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
10718 gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, TRUE);
10721 priv->window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
10722 g_object_ref (priv->window);
10724 priv->style = gtk_style_attach (priv->style, priv->window);
10727 /*****************************************
10728 * gtk_widget_real_unrealize:
10733 *****************************************/
10736 gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
10738 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10740 g_assert (!widget->priv->mapped);
10742 /* printf ("unrealizing %s\n", g_type_name (G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget)));
10745 /* We must do unrealize child widget BEFORE container widget.
10746 * gdk_window_destroy() destroys specified xwindow and its sub-xwindows.
10747 * So, unrealizing container widget bofore its children causes the problem
10748 * (for example, gdk_ic_destroy () with destroyed window causes crash. )
10751 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
10752 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
10753 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_unrealize,
10756 gtk_style_detach (priv->style);
10757 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10759 gdk_window_set_user_data (priv->window, NULL);
10760 gdk_window_destroy (priv->window);
10761 priv->window = NULL;
10765 g_object_unref (priv->window);
10766 priv->window = NULL;
10769 gtk_selection_remove_all (widget);
10771 gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, FALSE);
10775 gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
10776 GtkOrientation orientation,
10777 gint *minimum_size,
10778 gint *natural_size)
10780 const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
10782 aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
10784 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL &&
10785 aux_info->width > 0)
10787 *minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, aux_info->width);
10789 else if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL &&
10790 aux_info->height > 0)
10792 *minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, aux_info->height);
10795 /* Fix it if set_size_request made natural size smaller than min size.
10796 * This would also silently fix broken widgets, but we warn about them
10797 * in gtksizerequest.c when calling their size request vfuncs.
10799 *natural_size = MAX (*natural_size, *minimum_size);
10801 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
10803 *minimum_size += (aux_info->margin.left + aux_info->margin.right);
10804 *natural_size += (aux_info->margin.left + aux_info->margin.right);
10808 *minimum_size += (aux_info->margin.top + aux_info->margin.bottom);
10809 *natural_size += (aux_info->margin.top + aux_info->margin.bottom);
10814 * _gtk_widget_peek_request_cache:
10816 * Returns the address of the widget's request cache (strictly for
10817 * internal use in gtksizerequest.c)
10819 * Return value: the address of @widget's size request cache.
10822 _gtk_widget_peek_request_cache (GtkWidget *widget)
10824 /* Don't bother slowing things down with the return_if_fail guards here */
10825 return &widget->priv->requests;
10829 * _gtk_widget_set_device_window:
10830 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10831 * @device: a #GdkDevice
10832 * @window: the new device window
10834 * Sets pointer window for @widget and @device.
10835 * Does not ref @window.
10838 _gtk_widget_set_device_window (GtkWidget *widget,
10842 GHashTable *device_window;
10844 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10845 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
10846 g_return_if_fail (window == NULL || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
10848 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10851 device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window);
10853 if (!device_window && window)
10855 device_window = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
10856 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
10857 quark_pointer_window,
10859 (GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_destroy);
10863 g_hash_table_insert (device_window, device, window);
10864 else if (device_window)
10866 g_hash_table_remove (device_window, device);
10868 if (g_hash_table_size (device_window) == 0)
10869 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window, NULL);
10874 * _gtk_widget_get_device_window:
10875 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10876 * @device: a #GdkDevice
10878 * Return value: the device window set on @widget, or %NULL
10881 _gtk_widget_get_device_window (GtkWidget *widget,
10884 GHashTable *device_window;
10886 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10887 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), NULL);
10889 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10892 device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window);
10894 if (!device_window)
10897 return g_hash_table_lookup (device_window, device);
10901 * _gtk_widget_list_devices:
10902 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10904 * Returns the list of #GdkDevices that is currently on top
10905 * of any window belonging to @widget.
10906 * Free the list with g_list_free(), the elements are owned
10907 * by GTK+ and must not be freed.
10910 _gtk_widget_list_devices (GtkWidget *widget)
10912 GHashTableIter iter;
10913 GHashTable *device_window;
10914 GList *devices = NULL;
10915 gpointer key, value;
10917 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10919 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10922 device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window);
10924 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_window))
10927 g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, device_window);
10929 while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value))
10930 devices = g_list_prepend (devices, key);
10936 synth_crossing (GtkWidget *widget,
10940 GdkCrossingMode mode,
10941 GdkNotifyType detail)
10945 event = gdk_event_new (type);
10947 event->crossing.window = g_object_ref (window);
10948 event->crossing.send_event = TRUE;
10949 event->crossing.subwindow = g_object_ref (window);
10950 event->crossing.time = GDK_CURRENT_TIME;
10951 event->crossing.x = event->crossing.y = 0;
10952 event->crossing.x_root = event->crossing.y_root = 0;
10953 event->crossing.mode = mode;
10954 event->crossing.detail = detail;
10955 event->crossing.focus = FALSE;
10956 event->crossing.state = 0;
10957 gdk_event_set_device (event, device);
10960 widget = gtk_get_event_widget (event);
10963 gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
10965 gdk_event_free (event);
10969 * _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing:
10970 * @from: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is leaving.
10971 * @to: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is moving to.
10972 * @mode: the #GdkCrossingMode to place on the synthesized events.
10974 * Generate crossing event(s) on widget state (sensitivity) or GTK+ grab change.
10976 * The real pointer window is the window that most recently received an enter notify
10977 * event. Windows that don't select for crossing events can't become the real
10978 * poiner window. The real pointer widget that owns the real pointer window. The
10979 * effective pointer window is the same as the real pointer window unless the real
10980 * pointer widget is either insensitive or there is a grab on a widget that is not
10981 * an ancestor of the real pointer widget (in which case the effective pointer
10982 * window should be the root window).
10984 * When the effective pointer window is the same as the real poiner window, we
10985 * receive crossing events from the windowing system. When the effective pointer
10986 * window changes to become different from the real pointer window we synthesize
10987 * crossing events, attempting to follow X protocol rules:
10989 * When the root window becomes the effective pointer window:
10990 * - leave notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
10991 * - leave notify on all of its ancestors, detail Virtual
10992 * - enter notify on root window, detail Inferior
10994 * When the root window ceases to be the effective pointer window:
10995 * - leave notify on root window, detail Inferior
10996 * - enter notify on all ancestors of real pointer window, detail Virtual
10997 * - enter notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
11000 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (GtkWidget *from,
11003 GdkCrossingMode mode)
11005 GdkWindow *from_window = NULL, *to_window = NULL;
11007 g_return_if_fail (from != NULL || to != NULL);
11011 from_window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (from, device);
11014 from_window = from->priv->window;
11019 to_window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (to, device);
11022 to_window = to->priv->window;
11025 if (from_window == NULL && to_window == NULL)
11027 else if (from_window != NULL && to_window == NULL)
11029 GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *list;
11030 GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window;
11032 while (from_ancestor != NULL)
11034 from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (from_ancestor);
11035 if (from_ancestor == NULL)
11037 from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
11040 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
11041 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
11042 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
11044 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
11045 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
11048 /* XXX: enter/inferior on root window? */
11050 g_list_free (from_ancestors);
11052 else if (from_window == NULL && to_window != NULL)
11054 GList *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
11055 GdkWindow *to_ancestor = to_window;
11057 while (to_ancestor != NULL)
11059 to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (to_ancestor);
11060 if (to_ancestor == NULL)
11062 to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
11065 /* XXX: leave/inferior on root window? */
11067 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
11069 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
11070 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
11072 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
11073 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
11075 g_list_free (to_ancestors);
11077 else if (from_window == to_window)
11081 GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
11082 GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window, *to_ancestor = to_window;
11084 while (from_ancestor != NULL || to_ancestor != NULL)
11086 if (from_ancestor != NULL)
11088 from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (from_ancestor);
11089 if (from_ancestor == to_window)
11092 from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
11094 if (to_ancestor != NULL)
11096 to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (to_ancestor);
11097 if (to_ancestor == from_window)
11100 to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
11103 if (to_ancestor == from_window)
11105 if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_UNGRAB)
11106 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
11107 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
11108 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
11109 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
11110 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
11111 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
11112 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
11114 else if (from_ancestor == to_window)
11116 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
11117 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
11118 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
11120 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
11121 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
11123 if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_GRAB)
11124 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
11125 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
11129 while (from_ancestors != NULL && to_ancestors != NULL
11130 && from_ancestors->data == to_ancestors->data)
11132 from_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (from_ancestors,
11134 to_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (to_ancestors, to_ancestors);
11137 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
11138 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
11140 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
11142 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
11143 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
11145 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
11147 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
11148 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
11150 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
11151 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
11153 g_list_free (from_ancestors);
11154 g_list_free (to_ancestors);
11159 gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
11160 GtkStateData *data)
11162 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
11163 GtkStateFlags new_flags, old_flags = priv->state_flags;
11164 GtkStateType old_state;
11166 old_state = gtk_widget_get_state (widget);
11168 if (!priv->parent_sensitive)
11169 old_flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
11171 priv->parent_sensitive = data->parent_sensitive;
11173 switch (data->operation)
11175 case STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE:
11176 priv->state_flags = data->flags;
11178 case STATE_CHANGE_SET:
11179 priv->state_flags |= data->flags;
11181 case STATE_CHANGE_UNSET:
11182 priv->state_flags &= ~(data->flags);
11186 if (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget) && !gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
11190 window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
11192 if (window && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
11193 gtk_window_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (window), NULL);
11196 new_flags = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
11198 if (old_flags != new_flags)
11200 g_object_ref (widget);
11202 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) && gtk_widget_has_grab (widget))
11203 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
11205 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED], 0, old_state);
11206 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED], 0, old_flags);
11208 if (!priv->shadowed)
11210 GList *event_windows = NULL;
11211 GList *devices, *d;
11213 devices = _gtk_widget_list_devices (widget);
11215 for (d = devices; d; d = d->next)
11221 window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (widget, device);
11223 /* Do not propagate more than once to the
11224 * same window if non-multidevice aware.
11226 if (!gdk_window_get_support_multidevice (window) &&
11227 g_list_find (event_windows, window))
11230 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
11231 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (widget, NULL, d->data,
11232 GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
11233 else if (old_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE)
11234 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (NULL, widget, d->data,
11235 GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
11237 event_windows = g_list_prepend (event_windows, window);
11240 g_list_free (event_windows);
11241 g_list_free (devices);
11244 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
11246 data->parent_sensitive = gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget);
11248 /* Do not propagate insensitive state further */
11249 data->flags &= ~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE | GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED);
11251 if (data->use_forall)
11252 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
11253 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
11256 gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
11257 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
11261 /* Trigger state change transitions for the widget */
11262 if (priv->context &&
11263 gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
11265 gint diff, flag = 1;
11267 diff = old_flags ^ new_flags;
11271 if ((diff & flag) != 0)
11275 target = ((new_flags & flag) != 0);
11276 _gtk_widget_notify_state_change (widget, flag, target);
11285 g_object_unref (widget);
11289 static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo default_aux_info = {
11297 * _gtk_widget_get_aux_info:
11298 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11299 * @create: if %TRUE, create the structure if it doesn't exist
11301 * Get the #GtkWidgetAuxInfo structure for the widget.
11303 * Return value: the #GtkAuxInfo structure for the widget, or
11304 * %NULL if @create is %FALSE and one doesn't already exist.
11307 _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (GtkWidget *widget,
11310 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
11312 aux_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info);
11313 if (!aux_info && create)
11315 aux_info = g_slice_new0 (GtkWidgetAuxInfo);
11317 *aux_info = default_aux_info;
11319 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info, aux_info);
11325 static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo*
11326 _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (GtkWidget *widget)
11328 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
11330 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
11331 if (aux_info == NULL)
11333 return &default_aux_info;
11341 /*****************************************
11342 * gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy:
11347 *****************************************/
11350 gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info)
11352 g_slice_free (GtkWidgetAuxInfo, aux_info);
11356 * gtk_widget_shape_combine_region:
11357 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11358 * @region: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
11360 * Sets a shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
11361 * transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_region()
11362 * for more information.
11367 gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
11368 cairo_region_t *region)
11370 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11372 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11373 /* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
11374 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
11376 priv = widget->priv;
11378 if (region == NULL)
11380 priv->has_shape_mask = FALSE;
11383 gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, NULL, 0, 0);
11385 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, NULL);
11389 priv->has_shape_mask = TRUE;
11391 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info,
11392 cairo_region_copy (region),
11393 (GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
11395 /* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
11396 * otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
11399 gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
11404 * gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region:
11405 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11406 * @region: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
11408 * Sets an input shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
11409 * windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see
11410 * gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region() for more information.
11415 gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
11416 cairo_region_t *region)
11418 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11420 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11421 /* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
11422 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
11424 priv = widget->priv;
11426 if (region == NULL)
11429 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, NULL, 0, 0);
11431 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info, NULL);
11435 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info,
11436 cairo_region_copy (region),
11437 (GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
11439 /* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
11440 * otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
11443 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
11448 /* style properties
11452 * gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser: (skip)
11453 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11454 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the style property
11455 * @parser: the parser for the style property
11457 * Installs a style property on a widget class.
11460 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11462 GtkRcPropertyParser parser)
11464 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
11465 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
11466 g_return_if_fail (pspec->flags & G_PARAM_READABLE);
11467 g_return_if_fail (!(pspec->flags & (G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY | G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT)));
11469 if (g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool, pspec->name, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass), FALSE))
11471 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": class `%s' already contains a style property named `%s'",
11472 G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (klass),
11477 g_param_spec_ref_sink (pspec);
11478 g_param_spec_set_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser, (gpointer) parser);
11479 g_param_spec_pool_insert (style_property_spec_pool, pspec, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
11483 * gtk_widget_class_install_style_property:
11484 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11485 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the property
11487 * Installs a style property on a widget class. The parser for the
11488 * style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.
11491 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11494 GtkRcPropertyParser parser;
11496 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
11497 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
11499 parser = _gtk_rc_property_parser_from_type (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec));
11501 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (klass, pspec, parser);
11505 * gtk_widget_class_find_style_property:
11506 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11507 * @property_name: the name of the style property to find
11508 * @returns: (transfer none): the #GParamSpec of the style property or
11509 * %NULL if @class has no style property with that name.
11511 * Finds a style property of a widget class by name.
11516 gtk_widget_class_find_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11517 const gchar *property_name)
11519 g_return_val_if_fail (property_name != NULL, NULL);
11521 return g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
11523 G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
11528 * gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties:
11529 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11530 * @n_properties: location to return the number of style properties found
11531 * @returns: (array length=n_properties) (transfer container): an
11532 * newly allocated array of #GParamSpec*. The array must be
11533 * freed with g_free().
11535 * Returns all style properties of a widget class.
11540 gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11541 guint *n_properties)
11543 GParamSpec **pspecs;
11546 pspecs = g_param_spec_pool_list (style_property_spec_pool,
11547 G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
11556 * gtk_widget_style_get_property:
11557 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11558 * @property_name: the name of a style property
11559 * @value: location to return the property value
11561 * Gets the value of a style property of @widget.
11564 gtk_widget_style_get_property (GtkWidget *widget,
11565 const gchar *property_name,
11570 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11571 g_return_if_fail (property_name != NULL);
11572 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_VALUE (value));
11574 g_object_ref (widget);
11575 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
11577 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11580 g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
11582 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
11586 GtkStyleContext *context;
11587 const GValue *peek_value;
11588 GtkStateFlags state;
11590 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
11591 state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
11593 peek_value = _gtk_style_context_peek_style_property (context,
11594 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11597 /* auto-conversion of the caller's value type
11599 if (G_VALUE_TYPE (value) == G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec))
11600 g_value_copy (peek_value, value);
11601 else if (g_value_type_transformable (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec), G_VALUE_TYPE (value)))
11602 g_value_transform (peek_value, value);
11604 g_warning ("can't retrieve style property `%s' of type `%s' as value of type `%s'",
11606 g_type_name (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec)),
11607 G_VALUE_TYPE_NAME (value));
11609 g_object_unref (widget);
11613 * gtk_widget_style_get_valist:
11614 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11615 * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
11616 * @var_args: a <type>va_list</type> of pairs of property names and
11617 * locations to return the property values, starting with the location
11618 * for @first_property_name.
11620 * Non-vararg variant of gtk_widget_style_get(). Used primarily by language
11624 gtk_widget_style_get_valist (GtkWidget *widget,
11625 const gchar *first_property_name,
11628 GtkStyleContext *context;
11629 GtkStateFlags state;
11632 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11634 g_object_ref (widget);
11635 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
11636 state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
11638 name = first_property_name;
11641 const GValue *peek_value;
11645 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
11647 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11651 g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
11653 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
11657 /* style pspecs are always readable so we can spare that check here */
11659 peek_value = _gtk_style_context_peek_style_property (context,
11660 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11663 G_VALUE_LCOPY (peek_value, var_args, 0, &error);
11666 g_warning ("%s: %s", G_STRLOC, error);
11671 name = va_arg (var_args, gchar*);
11674 g_object_unref (widget);
11678 * gtk_widget_style_get:
11679 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11680 * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
11681 * @Varargs: pairs of property names and locations to
11682 * return the property values, starting with the location for
11683 * @first_property_name, terminated by %NULL.
11685 * Gets the values of a multiple style properties of @widget.
11688 gtk_widget_style_get (GtkWidget *widget,
11689 const gchar *first_property_name,
11694 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11696 va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
11697 gtk_widget_style_get_valist (widget, first_property_name, var_args);
11703 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11704 * @path_length: (out) (allow-none): location to store length of the path,
11706 * @path: (out) (allow-none): location to store allocated path string,
11708 * @path_reversed: (out) (allow-none): location to store allocated reverse
11709 * path string, or %NULL
11711 * Obtains the full path to @widget. The path is simply the name of a
11712 * widget and all its parents in the container hierarchy, separated by
11713 * periods. The name of a widget comes from
11714 * gtk_widget_get_name(). Paths are used to apply styles to a widget
11715 * in gtkrc configuration files. Widget names are the type of the
11716 * widget by default (e.g. "GtkButton") or can be set to an
11717 * application-specific value with gtk_widget_set_name(). By setting
11718 * the name of a widget, you allow users or theme authors to apply
11719 * styles to that specific widget in their gtkrc
11720 * file. @path_reversed_p fills in the path in reverse order,
11721 * i.e. starting with @widget's name instead of starting with the name
11722 * of @widget's outermost ancestor.
11724 * Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_path() instead
11727 gtk_widget_path (GtkWidget *widget,
11728 guint *path_length,
11730 gchar **path_reversed)
11732 static gchar *rev_path = NULL;
11733 static guint tmp_path_len = 0;
11736 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11741 const gchar *string;
11746 string = gtk_widget_get_name (widget);
11747 l = strlen (string);
11748 while (tmp_path_len <= len + l + 1)
11750 tmp_path_len += INIT_PATH_SIZE;
11751 rev_path = g_realloc (rev_path, tmp_path_len);
11753 s = string + l - 1;
11754 d = rev_path + len;
11755 while (s >= string)
11759 widget = widget->priv->parent;
11762 rev_path[len++] = '.';
11764 rev_path[len++] = 0;
11769 *path_length = len - 1;
11771 *path_reversed = g_strdup (rev_path);
11774 *path = g_strdup (rev_path);
11775 g_strreverse (*path);
11780 * gtk_widget_class_path:
11781 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11782 * @path_length: (out) (allow-none): location to store the length of the
11783 * class path, or %NULL
11784 * @path: (out) (allow-none): location to store the class path as an
11785 * allocated string, or %NULL
11786 * @path_reversed: (out) (allow-none): location to store the reverse
11787 * class path as an allocated string, or %NULL
11789 * Same as gtk_widget_path(), but always uses the name of a widget's type,
11790 * never uses a custom name set with gtk_widget_set_name().
11792 * Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_path() instead
11795 gtk_widget_class_path (GtkWidget *widget,
11796 guint *path_length,
11798 gchar **path_reversed)
11800 static gchar *rev_path = NULL;
11801 static guint tmp_path_len = 0;
11804 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11809 const gchar *string;
11814 string = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
11815 l = strlen (string);
11816 while (tmp_path_len <= len + l + 1)
11818 tmp_path_len += INIT_PATH_SIZE;
11819 rev_path = g_realloc (rev_path, tmp_path_len);
11821 s = string + l - 1;
11822 d = rev_path + len;
11823 while (s >= string)
11827 widget = widget->priv->parent;
11830 rev_path[len++] = '.';
11832 rev_path[len++] = 0;
11837 *path_length = len - 1;
11839 *path_reversed = g_strdup (rev_path);
11842 *path = g_strdup (rev_path);
11843 g_strreverse (*path);
11848 * gtk_requisition_new:
11850 * Allocates a new #GtkRequisition structure and initializes its elements to zero.
11852 * Returns: a new empty #GtkRequisition. The newly allocated #GtkRequisition should
11853 * be freed with gtk_requisition_free().
11858 gtk_requisition_new (void)
11860 return g_slice_new0 (GtkRequisition);
11864 * gtk_requisition_copy:
11865 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
11867 * Copies a #GtkRequisition.
11869 * Returns: a copy of @requisition
11872 gtk_requisition_copy (const GtkRequisition *requisition)
11874 return g_slice_dup (GtkRequisition, requisition);
11878 * gtk_requisition_free:
11879 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
11881 * Frees a #GtkRequisition.
11884 gtk_requisition_free (GtkRequisition *requisition)
11886 g_slice_free (GtkRequisition, requisition);
11889 G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkRequisition, gtk_requisition,
11890 gtk_requisition_copy,
11891 gtk_requisition_free)
11894 * gtk_widget_get_accessible:
11895 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11897 * Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
11898 * assistive technology.
11900 * If no accessibility library is loaded (i.e. no ATK implementation library is
11901 * loaded via <envar>GTK_MODULES</envar> or via another application library,
11902 * such as libgnome), then this #AtkObject instance may be a no-op. Likewise,
11903 * if no class-specific #AtkObject implementation is available for the widget
11904 * instance in question, it will inherit an #AtkObject implementation from the
11905 * first ancestor class for which such an implementation is defined.
11907 * The documentation of the
11908 * <ulink url="http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/stable/">ATK</ulink>
11909 * library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses.
11911 * Returns: (transfer none): the #AtkObject associated with @widget
11914 gtk_widget_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
11916 GtkWidgetClass *klass;
11918 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
11920 klass = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
11922 g_return_val_if_fail (klass->get_accessible != NULL, NULL);
11924 return klass->get_accessible (widget);
11928 gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
11930 AtkObject* accessible;
11932 accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11933 quark_accessible_object);
11936 AtkObjectFactory *factory;
11937 AtkRegistry *default_registry;
11939 default_registry = atk_get_default_registry ();
11940 factory = atk_registry_get_factory (default_registry,
11941 G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget));
11943 atk_object_factory_create_accessible (factory,
11944 G_OBJECT (widget));
11945 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11946 quark_accessible_object,
11953 * Initialize a AtkImplementorIface instance's virtual pointers as
11954 * appropriate to this implementor's class (GtkWidget).
11957 gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface)
11959 iface->ref_accessible = gtk_widget_ref_accessible;
11963 gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor)
11965 AtkObject *accessible;
11967 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (implementor));
11969 g_object_ref (accessible);
11974 * Expand flag management
11978 gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
11980 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11982 priv = widget->priv;
11984 if (priv->need_compute_expand)
11988 if (priv->hexpand_set)
11993 if (priv->vexpand_set)
11998 /* we don't need to use compute_expand if both expands are
11999 * forced by the app
12001 if (!(priv->hexpand_set && priv->vexpand_set))
12003 if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand != NULL)
12007 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand (widget,
12008 priv->hexpand_set ? &ignored : &h,
12009 priv->vexpand_set ? &ignored : &v);
12013 priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
12014 priv->computed_hexpand = h != FALSE;
12015 priv->computed_vexpand = v != FALSE;
12020 * gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand:
12021 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12023 * Mark @widget as needing to recompute its expand flags. Call
12024 * this function when setting legacy expand child properties
12025 * on the child of a container.
12027 * See gtk_widget_compute_expand().
12030 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
12033 gboolean changed_anything;
12035 if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand)
12038 changed_anything = FALSE;
12040 while (parent != NULL)
12042 if (!parent->priv->need_compute_expand)
12044 parent->priv->need_compute_expand = TRUE;
12045 changed_anything = TRUE;
12048 /* Note: if we had an invariant that "if a child needs to
12049 * compute expand, its parents also do" then we could stop going
12050 * up when we got to a parent that already needed to
12051 * compute. However, in general we compute expand lazily (as
12052 * soon as we see something in a subtree that is expand, we know
12053 * we're expanding) and so this invariant does not hold and we
12054 * have to always walk all the way up in case some ancestor
12055 * is not currently need_compute_expand.
12058 parent = parent->priv->parent;
12061 /* recomputing expand always requires
12062 * a relayout as well
12064 if (changed_anything)
12065 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12069 * gtk_widget_compute_expand:
12070 * @widget: the widget
12071 * @orientation: expand direction
12073 * Computes whether a container should give this widget extra space
12074 * when possible. Containers should check this, rather than
12075 * looking at gtk_widget_get_hexpand() or gtk_widget_get_vexpand().
12077 * This function already checks whether the widget is visible, so
12078 * visibility does not need to be checked separately. Non-visible
12079 * widgets are not expanded.
12081 * The computed expand value uses either the expand setting explicitly
12082 * set on the widget itself, or, if none has been explicitly set,
12083 * the widget may expand if some of its children do.
12085 * Return value: whether widget tree rooted here should be expanded
12088 gtk_widget_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
12089 GtkOrientation orientation)
12091 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
12093 /* We never make a widget expand if not even showing. */
12094 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
12097 gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (widget);
12099 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
12101 return widget->priv->computed_hexpand;
12105 return widget->priv->computed_vexpand;
12110 gtk_widget_set_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
12111 GtkOrientation orientation,
12114 const char *expand_prop;
12115 const char *expand_set_prop;
12117 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
12119 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12121 priv = widget->priv;
12123 expand = expand != FALSE;
12125 was_both = priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand;
12127 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
12129 if (priv->hexpand_set &&
12130 priv->hexpand == expand)
12133 priv->hexpand_set = TRUE;
12134 priv->hexpand = expand;
12136 expand_prop = "hexpand";
12137 expand_set_prop = "hexpand-set";
12141 if (priv->vexpand_set &&
12142 priv->vexpand == expand)
12145 priv->vexpand_set = TRUE;
12146 priv->vexpand = expand;
12148 expand_prop = "vexpand";
12149 expand_set_prop = "vexpand-set";
12152 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
12154 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
12155 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), expand_prop);
12156 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), expand_set_prop);
12157 if (was_both != (priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand))
12158 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "expand");
12159 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
12163 gtk_widget_set_expand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
12164 GtkOrientation orientation,
12167 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
12170 priv = widget->priv;
12172 set = set != FALSE;
12174 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
12176 if (set == priv->hexpand_set)
12179 priv->hexpand_set = set;
12180 prop = "hexpand-set";
12184 if (set == priv->vexpand_set)
12187 priv->vexpand_set = set;
12188 prop = "vexpand-set";
12191 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
12193 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), prop);
12197 * gtk_widget_get_hexpand:
12198 * @widget: the widget
12200 * Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
12201 * space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
12202 * generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
12203 * scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
12206 * Containers should use gtk_widget_compute_expand() rather than
12207 * this function, to see whether a widget, or any of its children,
12208 * has the expand flag set. If any child of a widget wants to
12209 * expand, the parent may ask to expand also.
12211 * This function only looks at the widget's own hexpand flag, rather
12212 * than computing whether the entire widget tree rooted at this widget
12215 * Return value: whether hexpand flag is set
12218 gtk_widget_get_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
12220 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
12222 return widget->priv->hexpand;
12226 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand:
12227 * @widget: the widget
12228 * @expand: whether to expand
12230 * Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
12231 * space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
12232 * generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
12233 * scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
12236 * Call this function to set the expand flag if you would like your
12237 * widget to become larger horizontally when the window has extra
12240 * By default, widgets automatically expand if any of their children
12241 * want to expand. (To see if a widget will automatically expand given
12242 * its current children and state, call gtk_widget_compute_expand(). A
12243 * container can decide how the expandability of children affects the
12244 * expansion of the container by overriding the compute_expand virtual
12245 * method on #GtkWidget.).
12247 * Setting hexpand explicitly with this function will override the
12248 * automatic expand behavior.
12250 * This function forces the widget to expand or not to expand,
12251 * regardless of children. The override occurs because
12252 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand() sets the hexpand-set property (see
12253 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set()) which causes the widget's hexpand
12254 * value to be used, rather than looking at children and widget state.
12257 gtk_widget_set_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
12260 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12262 gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, expand);
12266 * gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set:
12267 * @widget: the widget
12269 * Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used to
12270 * explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
12272 * If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
12273 * expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
12274 * set, then the expand value depends on whether any
12275 * children of the widget would like to expand.
12277 * There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here
12278 * for completeness and consistency.
12280 * Return value: whether hexpand has been explicitly set
12283 gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
12285 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
12287 return widget->priv->hexpand_set;
12291 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set:
12292 * @widget: the widget
12293 * @set: value for hexpand-set property
12295 * Sets whether the hexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_hexpand()) will
12298 * The hexpand-set property will be set automatically when you call
12299 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand() to set hexpand, so the most likely
12300 * reason to use this function would be to unset an explicit expand
12303 * If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
12304 * expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
12305 * set, then the expand value depends on whether any
12306 * children of the widget would like to expand.
12308 * There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here
12309 * for completeness and consistency.
12312 gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
12315 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12317 gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, set);
12322 * gtk_widget_get_vexpand:
12323 * @widget: the widget
12325 * Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
12328 * See gtk_widget_get_hexpand() for more detail.
12330 * Return value: whether vexpand flag is set
12333 gtk_widget_get_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
12335 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
12337 return widget->priv->vexpand;
12341 * gtk_widget_set_vexpand:
12342 * @widget: the widget
12343 * @expand: whether to expand
12345 * Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
12348 * See gtk_widget_set_hexpand() for more detail.
12351 gtk_widget_set_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
12354 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12356 gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, expand);
12360 * gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set:
12361 * @widget: the widget
12363 * Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to
12364 * explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
12366 * See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set() for more detail.
12368 * Return value: whether vexpand has been explicitly set
12371 gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
12373 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
12375 return widget->priv->vexpand_set;
12379 * gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set:
12380 * @widget: the widget
12381 * @set: value for vexpand-set property
12383 * Sets whether the vexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_vexpand()) will
12386 * See gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set() for more detail.
12389 gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
12392 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12394 gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, set);
12398 * GtkBuildable implementation
12400 static GQuark quark_builder_has_default = 0;
12401 static GQuark quark_builder_has_focus = 0;
12402 static GQuark quark_builder_atk_relations = 0;
12403 static GQuark quark_builder_set_name = 0;
12406 gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
12408 quark_builder_has_default = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-default");
12409 quark_builder_has_focus = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-focus");
12410 quark_builder_atk_relations = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-atk-relations");
12411 quark_builder_set_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-set-name");
12413 iface->set_name = gtk_widget_buildable_set_name;
12414 iface->get_name = gtk_widget_buildable_get_name;
12415 iface->get_internal_child = gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child;
12416 iface->set_buildable_property = gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property;
12417 iface->parser_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished;
12418 iface->custom_tag_start = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start;
12419 iface->custom_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished;
12423 gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12426 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name,
12427 g_strdup (name), g_free);
12430 static const gchar *
12431 gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable)
12433 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name);
12437 gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12438 GtkBuilder *builder,
12439 const gchar *childname)
12441 if (strcmp (childname, "accessible") == 0)
12442 return G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable)));
12448 gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12449 GtkBuilder *builder,
12451 const GValue *value)
12453 if (strcmp (name, "has-default") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
12454 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default,
12455 GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
12456 else if (strcmp (name, "has-focus") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
12457 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus,
12458 GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
12460 g_object_set_property (G_OBJECT (buildable), name, value);
12465 gchar *action_name;
12466 GString *description;
12468 gboolean translatable;
12478 free_action (AtkActionData *data, gpointer user_data)
12480 g_free (data->action_name);
12481 g_string_free (data->description, TRUE);
12482 g_free (data->context);
12483 g_slice_free (AtkActionData, data);
12487 free_relation (AtkRelationData *data, gpointer user_data)
12489 g_free (data->target);
12490 g_free (data->type);
12491 g_slice_free (AtkRelationData, data);
12495 gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12496 GtkBuilder *builder)
12498 GSList *atk_relations;
12500 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default))
12501 gtk_widget_grab_default (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12502 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus))
12503 gtk_widget_grab_focus (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12505 atk_relations = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable),
12506 quark_builder_atk_relations);
12509 AtkObject *accessible;
12510 AtkRelationSet *relation_set;
12513 AtkRelationType relation_type;
12514 AtkObject *target_accessible;
12516 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12517 relation_set = atk_object_ref_relation_set (accessible);
12519 for (l = atk_relations; l; l = l->next)
12521 AtkRelationData *relation = (AtkRelationData*)l->data;
12523 target = gtk_builder_get_object (builder, relation->target);
12526 g_warning ("Target object %s in <relation> does not exist",
12530 target_accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (target));
12531 g_assert (target_accessible != NULL);
12533 relation_type = atk_relation_type_for_name (relation->type);
12534 if (relation_type == ATK_RELATION_NULL)
12536 g_warning ("<relation> type %s not found",
12540 atk_relation_set_add_relation_by_type (relation_set, relation_type,
12541 target_accessible);
12543 g_object_unref (relation_set);
12545 g_slist_foreach (atk_relations, (GFunc)free_relation, NULL);
12546 g_slist_free (atk_relations);
12547 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
12556 } AccessibilitySubParserData;
12559 accessibility_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12560 const gchar *element_name,
12561 const gchar **names,
12562 const gchar **values,
12563 gpointer user_data,
12566 AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
12568 gint line_number, char_number;
12570 if (strcmp (element_name, "relation") == 0)
12572 gchar *target = NULL;
12573 gchar *type = NULL;
12574 AtkRelationData *relation;
12576 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
12578 if (strcmp (names[i], "target") == 0)
12579 target = g_strdup (values[i]);
12580 else if (strcmp (names[i], "type") == 0)
12581 type = g_strdup (values[i]);
12584 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12587 g_set_error (error,
12589 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
12590 "%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
12592 line_number, char_number, names[i], "relation");
12599 if (!target || !type)
12601 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12604 g_set_error (error,
12606 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
12607 "%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
12609 line_number, char_number, "relation",
12610 type ? "target" : "type");
12616 relation = g_slice_new (AtkRelationData);
12617 relation->target = target;
12618 relation->type = type;
12620 data->relations = g_slist_prepend (data->relations, relation);
12622 else if (strcmp (element_name, "action") == 0)
12624 const gchar *action_name = NULL;
12625 const gchar *description = NULL;
12626 const gchar *msg_context = NULL;
12627 gboolean translatable = FALSE;
12628 AtkActionData *action;
12630 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
12632 if (strcmp (names[i], "action_name") == 0)
12633 action_name = values[i];
12634 else if (strcmp (names[i], "description") == 0)
12635 description = values[i];
12636 else if (strcmp (names[i], "translatable") == 0)
12638 if (!_gtk_builder_boolean_from_string (values[i], &translatable, error))
12641 else if (strcmp (names[i], "comments") == 0)
12643 /* do nothing, comments are for translators */
12645 else if (strcmp (names[i], "context") == 0)
12646 msg_context = values[i];
12649 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12652 g_set_error (error,
12654 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
12655 "%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
12657 line_number, char_number, names[i], "action");
12664 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12667 g_set_error (error,
12669 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
12670 "%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
12672 line_number, char_number, "action",
12677 action = g_slice_new (AtkActionData);
12678 action->action_name = g_strdup (action_name);
12679 action->description = g_string_new (description);
12680 action->context = g_strdup (msg_context);
12681 action->translatable = translatable;
12683 data->actions = g_slist_prepend (data->actions, action);
12685 else if (strcmp (element_name, "accessibility") == 0)
12688 g_warning ("Unsupported tag for GtkWidget: %s\n", element_name);
12692 accessibility_text (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12695 gpointer user_data,
12698 AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
12700 if (strcmp (g_markup_parse_context_get_element (context), "action") == 0)
12702 AtkActionData *action = data->actions->data;
12704 g_string_append_len (action->description, text, text_len);
12708 static const GMarkupParser accessibility_parser =
12710 accessibility_start_element,
12712 accessibility_text,
12721 } AccelGroupParserData;
12724 accel_group_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12725 const gchar *element_name,
12726 const gchar **names,
12727 const gchar **values,
12728 gpointer user_data,
12733 guint modifiers = 0;
12734 gchar *signal = NULL;
12735 AccelGroupParserData *parser_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
12737 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
12739 if (strcmp (names[i], "key") == 0)
12740 key = gdk_keyval_from_name (values[i]);
12741 else if (strcmp (names[i], "modifiers") == 0)
12743 if (!_gtk_builder_flags_from_string (GDK_TYPE_MODIFIER_TYPE,
12749 else if (strcmp (names[i], "signal") == 0)
12750 signal = g_strdup (values[i]);
12753 if (key == 0 || signal == NULL)
12755 g_warning ("<accelerator> requires key and signal attributes");
12758 parser_data->key = key;
12759 parser_data->modifiers = modifiers;
12760 parser_data->signal = signal;
12763 static const GMarkupParser accel_group_parser =
12765 accel_group_start_element,
12769 gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12770 GtkBuilder *builder,
12772 const gchar *tagname,
12773 GMarkupParser *parser,
12776 g_assert (buildable);
12778 if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
12780 AccelGroupParserData *parser_data;
12782 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccelGroupParserData);
12783 parser_data->object = g_object_ref (buildable);
12784 *parser = accel_group_parser;
12785 *data = parser_data;
12788 if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
12790 AccessibilitySubParserData *parser_data;
12792 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccessibilitySubParserData);
12793 *parser = accessibility_parser;
12794 *data = parser_data;
12801 _gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
12802 GtkWidget *toplevel,
12803 gpointer user_data)
12805 AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
12806 GSList *accel_groups;
12807 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
12809 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12810 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (toplevel));
12811 g_return_if_fail (user_data != NULL);
12813 accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
12814 accel_groups = gtk_accel_groups_from_object (G_OBJECT (toplevel));
12815 if (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 0)
12817 accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new ();
12818 gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), accel_group);
12822 g_assert (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 1);
12823 accel_group = g_slist_nth_data (accel_groups, 0);
12826 gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object),
12827 accel_data->signal,
12830 accel_data->modifiers,
12831 GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE);
12833 g_object_unref (accel_data->object);
12834 g_free (accel_data->signal);
12835 g_slice_free (AccelGroupParserData, accel_data);
12839 gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12840 GtkBuilder *builder,
12842 const gchar *tagname,
12843 gpointer user_data)
12845 AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
12846 AccessibilitySubParserData *a11y_data;
12847 GtkWidget *toplevel;
12849 if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
12851 accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
12852 g_assert (accel_data->object);
12854 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object));
12856 _gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), toplevel, user_data);
12858 else if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
12860 a11y_data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
12862 if (a11y_data->actions)
12864 AtkObject *accessible;
12869 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12871 action = ATK_ACTION (accessible);
12872 n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action);
12874 for (l = a11y_data->actions; l; l = l->next)
12876 AtkActionData *action_data = (AtkActionData*)l->data;
12878 for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++)
12879 if (strcmp (atk_action_get_name (action, i),
12880 action_data->action_name) == 0)
12885 gchar *description;
12887 if (action_data->translatable && action_data->description->len)
12888 description = _gtk_builder_parser_translate (gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (builder),
12889 action_data->context,
12890 action_data->description->str);
12892 description = action_data->description->str;
12894 atk_action_set_description (action, i, description);
12898 g_slist_foreach (a11y_data->actions, (GFunc)free_action, NULL);
12899 g_slist_free (a11y_data->actions);
12902 if (a11y_data->relations)
12903 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
12904 a11y_data->relations);
12906 g_slice_free (AccessibilitySubParserData, a11y_data);
12910 static GtkSizeRequestMode
12911 gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget)
12913 /* By default widgets are height-for-width. */
12914 return GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH;
12918 gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
12919 gint *minimum_size,
12920 gint *natural_size)
12930 gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
12931 gint *minimum_size,
12932 gint *natural_size)
12942 gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width (GtkWidget *widget,
12944 gint *minimum_height,
12945 gint *natural_height)
12947 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_height (widget, minimum_height, natural_height);
12951 gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget,
12953 gint *minimum_width,
12954 gint *natural_width)
12956 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, minimum_width, natural_width);
12960 * gtk_widget_get_halign:
12961 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12963 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:halign property.
12965 * Returns: the horizontal alignment of @widget
12968 gtk_widget_get_halign (GtkWidget *widget)
12970 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
12971 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->halign;
12975 * gtk_widget_set_halign:
12976 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12977 * @align: the horizontal alignment
12979 * Sets the horizontal alignment of @widget.
12980 * See the #GtkWidget:halign property.
12983 gtk_widget_set_halign (GtkWidget *widget,
12986 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12988 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12990 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12992 if (aux_info->halign == align)
12995 aux_info->halign = align;
12996 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12997 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "halign");
13001 * gtk_widget_get_valign:
13002 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13004 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:valign property.
13006 * Returns: the vertical alignment of @widget
13009 gtk_widget_get_valign (GtkWidget *widget)
13011 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
13012 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->valign;
13016 * gtk_widget_set_valign:
13017 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13018 * @align: the vertical alignment
13020 * Sets the vertical alignment of @widget.
13021 * See the #GtkWidget:valign property.
13024 gtk_widget_set_valign (GtkWidget *widget,
13027 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
13029 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13031 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
13033 if (aux_info->valign == align)
13036 aux_info->valign = align;
13037 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
13038 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "valign");
13042 * gtk_widget_get_margin_left:
13043 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13045 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.
13047 * Returns: The left margin of @widget
13050 gtk_widget_get_margin_left (GtkWidget *widget)
13052 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13054 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.left;
13058 * gtk_widget_set_margin_left:
13059 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13060 * @margin: the left margin
13062 * Sets the left margin of @widget.
13063 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.
13066 gtk_widget_set_margin_left (GtkWidget *widget,
13069 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
13071 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13072 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
13074 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
13076 if (aux_info->margin.left == margin)
13079 aux_info->margin.left = margin;
13080 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
13081 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-left");
13085 * gtk_widget_get_margin_right:
13086 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13088 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.
13090 * Returns: The left margin of @widget
13093 gtk_widget_get_margin_right (GtkWidget *widget)
13095 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13097 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.right;
13101 * gtk_widget_set_margin_right:
13102 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13103 * @margin: the right margin
13105 * Sets the right margin of @widget.
13106 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.
13109 gtk_widget_set_margin_right (GtkWidget *widget,
13112 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
13114 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13115 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
13117 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
13119 if (aux_info->margin.right == margin)
13122 aux_info->margin.right = margin;
13123 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
13124 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-right");
13128 * gtk_widget_get_margin_top:
13129 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13131 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
13133 * Returns: The top margin of @widget
13136 gtk_widget_get_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget)
13138 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13140 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.top;
13144 * gtk_widget_set_margin_top:
13145 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13146 * @margin: the top margin
13148 * Sets the top margin of @widget.
13149 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
13152 gtk_widget_set_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget,
13155 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
13157 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13158 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
13160 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
13162 if (aux_info->margin.top == margin)
13165 aux_info->margin.top = margin;
13166 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
13167 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-top");
13171 * gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom:
13172 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13174 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
13176 * Returns: The bottom margin of @widget
13179 gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget)
13181 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13183 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.bottom;
13187 * gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom:
13188 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13189 * @margin: the bottom margin
13191 * Sets the bottom margin of @widget.
13192 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
13195 gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget,
13198 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
13200 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13201 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
13203 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
13205 if (aux_info->margin.bottom == margin)
13208 aux_info->margin.bottom = margin;
13209 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
13210 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-bottom");
13214 * gtk_widget_get_clipboard:
13215 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13216 * @selection: a #GdkAtom which identifies the clipboard
13217 * to use. %GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD gives the
13218 * default clipboard. Another common value
13219 * is %GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY, which gives
13220 * the primary X selection.
13222 * Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to
13223 * be used with @widget. @widget must have a #GdkDisplay
13224 * associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel
13227 * Return value: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no
13228 * clipboard already exists, a new one will
13229 * be created. Once a clipboard object has
13230 * been created, it is persistent for all time.
13235 gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget, GdkAtom selection)
13237 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13238 g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_has_screen (widget), NULL);
13240 return gtk_clipboard_get_for_display (gtk_widget_get_display (widget),
13245 * gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels:
13246 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13248 * Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for
13249 * which this widget is the target of a mnemonic (see for example,
13250 * gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()).
13252 * The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you
13253 * want to iterate through the list and perform actions involving
13254 * callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you
13255 * <emphasis>must</emphasis> call <literal>g_list_foreach (result,
13256 * (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)</literal> first, and then unref all the
13257 * widgets afterwards.
13259 * Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): the list of
13260 * mnemonic labels; free this list
13261 * with g_list_free() when you are done with it.
13266 gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (GtkWidget *widget)
13268 GList *list = NULL;
13271 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13273 for (l = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels); l; l = l->next)
13274 list = g_list_prepend (list, l->data);
13280 * gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label:
13281 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13282 * @label: a #GtkWidget that acts as a mnemonic label for @widget
13284 * Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for
13285 * this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). Note the
13286 * list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the
13287 * widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update
13288 * its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection
13289 * to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.
13294 gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
13297 GSList *old_list, *new_list;
13299 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13300 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
13302 old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
13303 new_list = g_slist_prepend (old_list, label);
13305 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
13306 new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
13310 * gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label:
13311 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13312 * @label: a #GtkWidget that was previously set as a mnemnic label for
13313 * @widget with gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
13315 * Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for
13316 * this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget
13317 * must have previously been added to the list with
13318 * gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
13323 gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
13326 GSList *old_list, *new_list;
13328 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13329 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
13331 old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
13332 new_list = g_slist_remove (old_list, label);
13335 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
13336 new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
13340 * gtk_widget_get_no_show_all:
13341 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13343 * Returns the current value of the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property,
13344 * which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all()
13345 * will affect this widget.
13347 * Return value: the current value of the "no-show-all" property.
13352 gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
13354 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13356 return widget->priv->no_show_all;
13360 * gtk_widget_set_no_show_all:
13361 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13362 * @no_show_all: the new value for the "no-show-all" property
13364 * Sets the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether
13365 * calls to gtk_widget_show_all() will affect this widget.
13367 * This is mostly for use in constructing widget hierarchies with externally
13368 * controlled visibility, see #GtkUIManager.
13373 gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget,
13374 gboolean no_show_all)
13376 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13378 no_show_all = (no_show_all != FALSE);
13380 if (widget->priv->no_show_all != no_show_all)
13382 widget->priv->no_show_all = no_show_all;
13384 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "no-show-all");
13390 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
13391 gboolean has_tooltip,
13394 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
13395 gboolean priv_has_tooltip;
13397 priv_has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
13398 quark_has_tooltip));
13400 if (priv_has_tooltip != has_tooltip || force)
13402 priv_has_tooltip = has_tooltip;
13404 if (priv_has_tooltip)
13406 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && !gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
13407 gdk_window_set_events (priv->window,
13408 gdk_window_get_events (priv->window) |
13409 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
13410 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
13411 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
13413 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
13414 gtk_widget_add_events (widget,
13415 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
13416 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
13417 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
13420 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip,
13421 GUINT_TO_POINTER (priv_has_tooltip));
13426 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window:
13427 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13428 * @custom_window: (allow-none): a #GtkWindow, or %NULL
13430 * Replaces the default, usually yellow, window used for displaying
13431 * tooltips with @custom_window. GTK+ will take care of showing and
13432 * hiding @custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as
13433 * the default tooltip window. If @custom_window is %NULL, the default
13434 * tooltip window will be used.
13436 * If the custom window should have the default theming it needs to
13437 * have the name "gtk-tooltip", see gtk_widget_set_name().
13442 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13443 GtkWindow *custom_window)
13445 gboolean has_tooltip;
13446 gchar *tooltip_markup;
13448 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13449 g_return_if_fail (custom_window == NULL || GTK_IS_WINDOW (custom_window));
13451 tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
13454 g_object_ref (custom_window);
13456 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window,
13457 custom_window, g_object_unref);
13459 has_tooltip = (custom_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
13460 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, has_tooltip, FALSE);
13462 if (has_tooltip && gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
13463 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
13467 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window:
13468 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13470 * Returns the #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the
13471 * GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set
13472 * using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().
13474 * Return value: (transfer none): The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip.
13479 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget)
13481 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13483 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window);
13487 * gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query:
13488 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13490 * Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget
13491 * is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more
13497 gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
13499 gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query (gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
13502 static guint tooltip_query_id;
13503 static GSList *tooltip_query_displays;
13506 tooltip_query_idle (gpointer data)
13508 g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query, NULL);
13509 g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)g_object_unref, NULL);
13510 g_slist_free (tooltip_query_displays);
13512 tooltip_query_displays = NULL;
13513 tooltip_query_id = 0;
13519 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
13521 GdkDisplay *display;
13523 display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
13525 if (!g_slist_find (tooltip_query_displays, display))
13526 tooltip_query_displays = g_slist_prepend (tooltip_query_displays, g_object_ref (display));
13528 if (tooltip_query_id == 0)
13529 tooltip_query_id = gdk_threads_add_idle (tooltip_query_idle, NULL);
13533 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text:
13534 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13535 * @text: the contents of the tooltip for @widget
13537 * Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take
13538 * care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default
13539 * handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
13541 * See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().
13546 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget,
13549 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13551 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", text, NULL);
13555 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text:
13556 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13558 * Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
13560 * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
13561 * returned string with g_free() when done.
13566 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget)
13568 gchar *text = NULL;
13570 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13572 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", &text, NULL);
13578 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup:
13579 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13580 * @markup: (allow-none): the contents of the tooltip for @widget, or %NULL
13582 * Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with
13583 * the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
13585 * This function will take care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE
13586 * and of the default handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
13588 * See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and
13589 * gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
13594 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget,
13595 const gchar *markup)
13597 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13599 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", markup, NULL);
13603 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup:
13604 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13606 * Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
13608 * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
13609 * returned string with g_free() when done.
13614 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget)
13616 gchar *text = NULL;
13618 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13620 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", &text, NULL);
13626 * gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip:
13627 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13628 * @has_tooltip: whether or not @widget has a tooltip.
13630 * Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See
13631 * #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
13636 gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
13637 gboolean has_tooltip)
13639 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13641 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", has_tooltip, NULL);
13645 * gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip:
13646 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13648 * Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
13649 * #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
13651 * Return value: current value of has-tooltip on @widget.
13656 gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget)
13658 gboolean has_tooltip = FALSE;
13660 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13662 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", &has_tooltip, NULL);
13664 return has_tooltip;
13668 * gtk_widget_get_allocation:
13669 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13670 * @allocation: (out): a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to
13672 * Retrieves the widget's allocation.
13674 * Note, when implementing a #GtkContainer: a widget's allocation will
13675 * be its "adjusted" allocation, that is, the widget's parent
13676 * container typically calls gtk_widget_size_allocate() with an
13677 * allocation, and that allocation is then adjusted (to handle margin
13678 * and alignment for example) before assignment to the widget.
13679 * gtk_widget_get_allocation() returns the adjusted allocation that
13680 * was actually assigned to the widget. The adjusted allocation is
13681 * guaranteed to be completely contained within the
13682 * gtk_widget_size_allocate() allocation, however. So a #GtkContainer
13683 * is guaranteed that its children stay inside the assigned bounds,
13684 * but not that they have exactly the bounds the container assigned.
13685 * There is no way to get the original allocation assigned by
13686 * gtk_widget_size_allocate(), since it isn't stored; if a container
13687 * implementation needs that information it will have to track it itself.
13692 gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
13693 GtkAllocation *allocation)
13695 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13697 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13698 g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
13700 priv = widget->priv;
13702 *allocation = priv->allocation;
13706 * gtk_widget_set_allocation:
13707 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13708 * @allocation: a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy from
13710 * Sets the widget's allocation. This should not be used
13711 * directly, but from within a widget's size_allocate method.
13713 * The allocation set should be the "adjusted" or actual
13714 * allocation. If you're implementing a #GtkContainer, you want to use
13715 * gtk_widget_size_allocate() instead of gtk_widget_set_allocation().
13716 * The GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_allocation virtual method adjusts the
13717 * allocation inside gtk_widget_size_allocate() to create an adjusted
13723 gtk_widget_set_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
13724 const GtkAllocation *allocation)
13726 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13728 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13729 g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
13731 priv = widget->priv;
13733 priv->allocation = *allocation;
13737 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_width:
13738 * @widget: the widget to query
13740 * Returns the width that has currently been allocated to @widget.
13741 * This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
13742 * for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
13744 * Returns: the width of the @widget
13747 gtk_widget_get_allocated_width (GtkWidget *widget)
13749 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13751 return widget->priv->allocation.width;
13755 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_height:
13756 * @widget: the widget to query
13758 * Returns the height that has currently been allocated to @widget.
13759 * This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
13760 * for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
13762 * Returns: the height of the @widget
13765 gtk_widget_get_allocated_height (GtkWidget *widget)
13767 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13769 return widget->priv->allocation.height;
13773 * gtk_widget_get_requisition:
13774 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13775 * @requisition: (out): a pointer to a #GtkRequisition to copy to
13777 * Retrieves the widget's requisition.
13779 * This function should only be used by widget implementations in
13780 * order to figure whether the widget's requisition has actually
13781 * changed after some internal state change (so that they can call
13782 * gtk_widget_queue_resize() instead of gtk_widget_queue_draw()).
13784 * Normally, gtk_widget_size_request() should be used.
13788 * Deprecated: 3.0: The #GtkRequisition cache on the widget was
13789 * removed, If you need to cache sizes across requests and allocations,
13790 * add an explicit cache to the widget in question instead.
13793 gtk_widget_get_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
13794 GtkRequisition *requisition)
13796 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13797 g_return_if_fail (requisition != NULL);
13799 gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
13803 * gtk_widget_set_window:
13804 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13805 * @window: a #GdkWindow
13807 * Sets a widget's window. This function should only be used in a
13808 * widget's #GtkWidget::realize implementation. The %window passed is
13809 * usually either new window created with gdk_window_new(), or the
13810 * window of its parent widget as returned by
13811 * gtk_widget_get_parent_window().
13813 * Widgets must indicate whether they will create their own #GdkWindow
13814 * by calling gtk_widget_set_has_window(). This is usually done in the
13815 * widget's init() function.
13817 * <note><para>This function does not add any reference to @window.</para></note>
13822 gtk_widget_set_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13825 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13827 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13828 g_return_if_fail (window == NULL || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
13830 priv = widget->priv;
13832 if (priv->window != window)
13834 priv->window = window;
13835 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "window");
13840 * gtk_widget_get_window:
13841 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13843 * Returns the widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise
13845 * Return value: (transfer none): @widget's window.
13850 gtk_widget_get_window (GtkWidget *widget)
13852 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13854 return widget->priv->window;
13858 * gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice:
13859 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13861 * Returns %TRUE if @widget is multiple pointer aware. See
13862 * gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice() for more information.
13864 * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is multidevice aware.
13867 gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget)
13869 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13871 return widget->priv->multidevice;
13875 * gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice:
13876 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13877 * @support_multidevice: %TRUE to support input from multiple devices.
13879 * Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness. If this setting is %TRUE,
13880 * @widget will start receiving multiple, per device enter/leave events. Note
13881 * that if custom #GdkWindow<!-- -->s are created in #GtkWidget::realize,
13882 * gdk_window_set_support_multidevice() will have to be called manually on them.
13887 gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget,
13888 gboolean support_multidevice)
13890 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13892 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13894 priv = widget->priv;
13895 priv->multidevice = (support_multidevice == TRUE);
13897 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
13898 gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (priv->window, support_multidevice);
13902 _gtk_widget_set_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
13903 gboolean has_focus)
13905 widget->priv->has_focus = has_focus;
13908 gtk_widget_set_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED, FALSE);
13910 gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED);
13914 * gtk_widget_send_focus_change:
13915 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13916 * @event: a #GdkEvent of type GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE
13918 * Sends the focus change @event to @widget
13920 * This function is not meant to be used by applications. The only time it
13921 * should be used is when it is necessary for a #GtkWidget to assign focus
13922 * to a widget that is semantically owned by the first widget even though
13923 * it's not a direct child - for instance, a search entry in a floating
13924 * window similar to the quick search in #GtkTreeView.
13926 * An example of its usage is:
13929 * GdkEvent *fevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE);
13931 * fevent->focus_change.type = GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE;
13932 * fevent->focus_change.in = TRUE;
13933 * fevent->focus_change.window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
13934 * if (fevent->focus_change.window != NULL)
13935 * g_object_ref (fevent->focus_change.window);
13937 * gtk_widget_send_focus_change (widget, fevent);
13939 * gdk_event_free (event);
13942 * Return value: the return value from the event signal emission: %TRUE
13943 * if the event was handled, and %FALSE otherwise
13948 gtk_widget_send_focus_change (GtkWidget *widget,
13953 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13954 g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL && event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE, FALSE);
13956 g_object_ref (widget);
13958 _gtk_widget_set_has_focus (widget, event->focus_change.in);
13960 res = gtk_widget_event (widget, event);
13962 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
13964 g_object_unref (widget);
13970 * gtk_widget_in_destruction:
13971 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13973 * Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed.
13974 * This information can sometimes be used to avoid doing
13975 * unnecessary work.
13977 * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is being destroyed
13980 gtk_widget_in_destruction (GtkWidget *widget)
13982 return widget->priv->in_destruction;
13986 _gtk_widget_get_resize_pending (GtkWidget *widget)
13988 return widget->priv->resize_pending;
13992 _gtk_widget_set_resize_pending (GtkWidget *widget,
13993 gboolean resize_pending)
13995 widget->priv->resize_pending = resize_pending;
13999 _gtk_widget_get_in_reparent (GtkWidget *widget)
14001 return widget->priv->in_reparent;
14005 _gtk_widget_set_in_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
14006 gboolean in_reparent)
14008 widget->priv->in_reparent = in_reparent;
14012 _gtk_widget_get_anchored (GtkWidget *widget)
14014 return widget->priv->anchored;
14018 _gtk_widget_set_anchored (GtkWidget *widget,
14021 widget->priv->anchored = anchored;
14025 _gtk_widget_get_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget)
14027 return widget->priv->shadowed;
14031 _gtk_widget_set_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
14034 widget->priv->shadowed = shadowed;
14038 _gtk_widget_get_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
14040 return widget->priv->alloc_needed;
14044 _gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget,
14045 gboolean alloc_needed)
14047 widget->priv->alloc_needed = alloc_needed;
14051 _gtk_widget_get_width_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
14053 return widget->priv->width_request_needed;
14057 _gtk_widget_set_width_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget,
14058 gboolean width_request_needed)
14060 widget->priv->width_request_needed = width_request_needed;
14064 _gtk_widget_get_height_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
14066 return widget->priv->height_request_needed;
14070 _gtk_widget_set_height_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget,
14071 gboolean height_request_needed)
14073 widget->priv->height_request_needed = height_request_needed;
14077 _gtk_widget_get_sizegroup_visited (GtkWidget *widget)
14079 return widget->priv->sizegroup_visited;
14083 _gtk_widget_set_sizegroup_visited (GtkWidget *widget,
14086 widget->priv->sizegroup_visited = visited;
14090 _gtk_widget_get_sizegroup_bumping (GtkWidget *widget)
14092 return widget->priv->sizegroup_bumping;
14096 _gtk_widget_set_sizegroup_bumping (GtkWidget *widget,
14099 widget->priv->sizegroup_bumping = bumping;
14103 _gtk_widget_add_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
14108 groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
14109 groups = g_slist_prepend (groups, group);
14110 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
14112 widget->priv->have_size_groups = TRUE;
14116 _gtk_widget_remove_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
14121 groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
14122 groups = g_slist_remove (groups, group);
14123 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
14125 widget->priv->have_size_groups = groups != NULL;
14129 _gtk_widget_get_sizegroups (GtkWidget *widget)
14131 if (widget->priv->have_size_groups)
14132 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
14138 * gtk_widget_get_path:
14139 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
14141 * Returns the #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget, if the widget
14142 * is not connected to a toplevel widget, a partial path will be
14145 * Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget
14148 gtk_widget_get_path (GtkWidget *widget)
14150 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
14152 /* As strange as it may seem, this may happen on object construction.
14153 * init() implementations of parent types may eventually call this function,
14154 * each with its corresponding GType, which could leave a child
14155 * implementation with a wrong widget type in the widget path
14157 if (widget->priv->path &&
14158 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget) != gtk_widget_path_get_object_type (widget->priv->path))
14160 gtk_widget_path_free (widget->priv->path);
14161 widget->priv->path = NULL;
14164 if (!widget->priv->path)
14169 parent = widget->priv->parent;
14172 widget->priv->path = gtk_container_get_path_for_child (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), widget);
14175 /* Widget is either toplevel or unparented, treat both
14176 * as toplevels style wise, since there are situations
14177 * where style properties might be retrieved on that
14180 widget->priv->path = gtk_widget_path_new ();
14183 pos = gtk_widget_path_append_type (widget->priv->path, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
14185 if (widget->priv->name)
14186 gtk_widget_path_iter_set_name (widget->priv->path, pos, widget->priv->name);
14188 if (widget->priv->context)
14190 GList *classes, *l;
14192 /* Also add any persistent classes in
14193 * the style context the widget path
14195 classes = gtk_style_context_list_classes (widget->priv->context);
14197 for (l = classes; l; l = l->next)
14198 gtk_widget_path_iter_add_class (widget->priv->path, pos, l->data);
14200 gtk_style_context_set_path (widget->priv->context,
14201 widget->priv->path);
14203 g_list_free (classes);
14207 return widget->priv->path;
14211 style_context_changed (GtkStyleContext *context,
14212 gpointer user_data)
14214 GtkWidget *widget = user_data;
14216 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
14218 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
14219 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED], 0);
14222 /* Compress all style updates so it
14223 * is only emitted once pre-realize.
14225 widget->priv->style_update_pending = TRUE;
14228 if (widget->priv->anchored)
14229 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
14233 * gtk_widget_get_style_context:
14234 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
14236 * Returns the style context associated to @widget.
14238 * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkStyleContext. This memory is owned by @widget and
14239 * must not be freed.
14242 gtk_widget_get_style_context (GtkWidget *widget)
14244 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
14246 if (G_UNLIKELY (!widget->priv->context))
14250 widget->priv->context = g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_STYLE_CONTEXT,
14251 "direction", gtk_widget_get_direction (widget),
14254 g_signal_connect (widget->priv->context, "changed",
14255 G_CALLBACK (style_context_changed), widget);
14257 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
14260 gtk_style_context_set_screen (widget->priv->context, screen);
14262 _gtk_widget_update_path (widget);
14263 gtk_style_context_set_path (widget->priv->context,
14264 widget->priv->path);
14268 /* Force widget path regeneration if needed, the
14269 * context will be updated within this function.
14271 gtk_widget_get_path (widget);
14274 return widget->priv->context;